Download Mitsubishi Melservo-J2-SUPER series Specifications
Transcript
SERVO AMPLIFIERS & MOTORS MELSERVO-J2-Super Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Nagoya Works is a factory certified for ISO14001 (standards for environmental management systems) and ISO9001(standards for quality assurance managememt systems) Servo Amplifier Series and Servomotor Models 1. Flexible specifications corresponding to users’ needs Compatible motor series Positioning function Fully closed loop control compatible Torque Speed CC-Link Position Control mode RS-422 multi-drop SSCNET DIO Analog Servo amplifier type Pulse train Interface General-purpose interface MR-J2S-MA Setup S/W Model Power supply spe. Capacity (kW) HC- HC- HC- HC- HC- HA- HC(Note 1) KFS MFS SFS LFS RFS LFS UFS MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 200VAC to 37 MA MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MA1 (Note 3) MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.5 400VAC to 55 MA4 SSCNET, high-speed serial bus compatible MR-J2S-MB MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 MB 200VAC to 37 MR-J2S MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MB1 (Note 3) MR-J2S- 3-phase 8 to 55 400VAC MB4 With built-in positioning function MR-J2S-MCP MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 200VAC to 7 MCP (Note 4) (Note 8) (Note 7) With built-in program operation function MR-J2S-MCL MR-J2S- 3-phase 0.05 200VAC to 7 MCL (Note 4) (Note 8) MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MCL1 MR-J2M (Multi-axis servo-amp) General-purpose interface MR-J2M-A (Note 5) • MR-J2M -P8A 3-phase 0.05 -MDU 200VAC to 0.75 • MR-J2M -BUM • MR-J2M Max. 8 slots High speed serial bus, SSCNET compatible MR-J2M-B (Note 5) • MR-J2M -P8B 3-phase 0.05 -MDU 200VAC to 0.75 • MR-J2M -BUM • MR-J2M (Note 6) Max. 8 slots 1 MR-J2S- 1-phase 0.05 100VAC to 0.4 MCP1 Notes: 1. The capacity selection software (MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E) can be obtained for free. Contact Mitsubishi for details. 2. ● indicates compliance with standard parts. ● indicates compliance with special parts. 3. For further details of the fully closed loop control compatible servo amplifier, refer to “Fully Closed Loop Control Compatible INSTRUCTION MANUAL”. 4. Use the manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01). 5. For further details of MR-J2M, refer to “MELSERVO-J2M Series SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL”. 6. The expansion IO unit (MR-J2M-D01) is required. 7. Compatible with MR-J2S-MCP-S084. 8.This ● indicates “Override” and “Analog torque limit” command. Motor series Rated speed (maximum speed) (r/min) K Small capacity series HC-KFS series M Rated output (kW) 3000 (4500) 5 types 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75 6000 (6000) 1 type 0.4 10000 (10000) 1 type 0.4 3000 (4500) 5 types 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75 HC-MFS series Servomotor type With electromagnetic brake (B) Overseas standards EN UL cUL Protective degree (Note 2) Application examples Feature IP55 ● Excluding the shaftthrough portion and connector ● Belt drive Robots ● Mounters Low inertia ● Sewing machines Perfect for general ● X-Y tables (IP65 Note 3) industrial machines. ● Food processing High velocity machines ● Semiconductor motors, 6000 or IP55 manufacturing 10000r/min, have Excluding devices been prepared. the shaft● Knitting and through portion embroidery and connector machines IP55 Excluding Ultra-low inertia the shaftWell suited for highthrough portion and connector frequency operation. ● ● Inserters Mounters (IP65 Note 3) S HC-SFS series ( 1000 1500 : 0.85kW 1200 : 1.2~3kW ) 3000 (3000) 5 types 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5 IP65 (IP67) L 2000 (3000) 5 types 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0 IP65 (IP67) R 3000 (4500) 5 types 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0 IP65 (IP67) Medium capacity series 3000 : 0.5~1.5kW 2500 : 2, 3.5kW 2000 : 5, 7kW ) ● Roll feeders Loaders and Low inertia unloaders Perfect for general ● industrial machines. High-frequency conveyor machines ● HC-LFS series HC-RFS series L HA-LFS series 1000 (1200) 1500 (2000) 2000 (2000) U Conveyor machines Suitable for variable ● Robots applications three models from low to ● X-Y tables high-speed are available. Medium inertia IP65 (IP67) ( Medium/Large capacity series IP65 (IP67) 14 types 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0, 7.0 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0, 7.0 2000 Flat Small/Medium capacity series 4 types 0.85, 1.2, 2.0, 3.0 HC-UFS series ( 2000 3000 : 0.75~2kW 2500 : 3.5, 5kW ) 3000 (4500) 15 types 6.0, 8.0, 12, 15, 20, 25, 30, 37 8.0, 12, 15, 20, 25 (Note 7) 30, 37 13 types 7.0, 11, 15, 22, 30, 37 11, 15, 22, 30, 37, 45, 50 14 types 5.0, 7.0, 11, 15, 22, 30, 37 11, 15, 22, 30, 37, 45, 55 5 types 0.75, 1.5, 2.0, 3.5, 5.0 ● Ultra-low inertia ( For only 6.0kW to 12kW ) ( For only 7.0kW to 15kW ) IP44 IP44 ( For only 11kW to 22kW ) 4 types 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.75 Notes: 1. A ● mark shows production range. 2. Compliance is possible with special products for items inside ( ) of the protective degree. Consult Mitsubishi for details. 3. Motor capacity 50W is excluded. 4. IP65-compliant product (HC-UFSM-S1) including connector components have been prepared. Low inertia Suitable for variable applications three models from low to medium-speed are available. IP44 IP65 for HA-LFS502 or HA-LFS702 IP65 (IP67) IP65 Excluding the connector (Note 4) ● Well suited for highfrequency operation. As a standard, 30kW and larger capacities are compatible with flange mounting or leg mounting. Ultra-highfrequency conveyor machines Molding injection machines ● Semiconductor manufacturing devices ● Large conveyor machines ● (Note 6) Flat Type ● The flat design makes this unit well suited for situations where the installation space is restricted. ● Robots Food processing machines 5. are for 400V type. 6. Some motors from 15kW to 25kW capacities can be foot-mount style. Refer to “Motor Dimensions” shown in this catalog. 7. The HA-LFS 1000r/min 400V 8.0 to 25kW capacities are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the delivery schedule. 2 Super Performance with MELSERVO-J2-Super 2. High Functionality, High Performance High-resolution Encoder 131072p/rev (17bit) • The inclusion of a high-resolution encoder ensures high performance and stability at low speeds. • Motor sizes are the same as previous products and wiring is compatible. High-performance CPU Incorporated for Improved Response • The application of a high-performance CPU has enhanced response significantly. Speed loop frequency response rised to 550Hz or more. The MR-J2-Super series are the best units for use in high-speed positioning applications. Absolute encoder is Standard Equipment • The absolute positioning method, which does not require zero point return, can be used just by mounting a battery in the servo amplifier. The servomotor does not need to be replaced. SSCNET, high-speed serial bus compatible: B type • A completely synchronized system can be made using SSCNET utilizing high-speed serial communication with cycle times of up to 0.888ms between controller and amplifier. Such a system will provide high levels of reliability with high levels of performance. • As the SSCNET bus system is used to connect the Servo system together, consolidate management features such as Servo amplifier parameter settings and data gathering are all present in the motion controller. • A dedicated cable is used the SSCNET system together that simply clips onto amplifiers and controllers. This simple connection method reduces wiring time and also helps prevent noise (due to the serial data transfer when using SSCNET). • The command frequency is not limited even when using the high resolution encoders standard on the MELSERVO-J2-Super series products. • SSCNET is a completely synchronized network, so synchronized control and synchronized starting in advanced interpolation etc. can all be carried out. • An absolute system can be made by simply mounting a battery in the Servo amplifier. • More than 1,000,000 SSCNET amplifier units of this highly reliable network are in use. 3 ● Wiring is reduced, and trouble caused by incorrect wiring is prevented. 3. Optimum Tuning Easy tuning Model Adaptive Control/ Advanced Real-time Auto-tuning The load inertia moment (machine system’s ideal model) is automatically estimated by the auto-tuning function. Stable control is carried out following the ideal model estimated by the model adaptive control. A simple parameter change allows gain settings to change, tuning the Servo High performance tuning :Perfect Tuning using Personal Computer and MR configurator (Setup Software) ● When machine resonates Machine Analysis Function The servomotor is automatically oscillated, and the machine system’s frequency characteristics are analyzed. The “Machine Resonance Suppression Filter” can be set easily based on the result. ● When thinking about changing motors ● When thinking about changing command patterns Machine Simulation Function The performance can be confirmed without actually replacing the motor. The results of the machine analysis function can be read in, and the response in the machine system can be simulated. ● To see the motor state Monitor/Diagnosis Function A graph function to display the motor state, such as the motor’s speed and torque, and functions to diagnose the motor state at an alarm occurance are provided. Contents Servo Amplifier Series and Servomotor Models . . . . . . . . 1 Super Performance with MELSERVO-J2-Super . . . . . . . . . 3 Model Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Specifications and Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Motor Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Special Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 MR-J2S-A Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Amplifier Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 MR-J2S-B Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 MR-J2S-CP Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCP) . . . . . . 54 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Command Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MR-J2S-CP-S084 Features/Specifications (MR-J2S-MCP-S084) . . Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MR-J2S-CL Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCL) . Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCL) . . . . . . . Servo Amplifier Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options (Note) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ordering Information for Customers. . . . . . . . . Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peripheral Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using a Personal Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Differences: Comparison with MR-J2 Series Cautions Concerning Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 . . . . . . 58 . . . . . . 59 . . . . . . 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 63 64 65 67 68 77 78 85 88 90 91 Note: The cables and connectors are sold separately. The motor power supply connector is different for each motor, so take care when ordering. 4 Model Configurations ■ For servo amplifier 100V/200V MR-J2S- 10 A 1Special product Mitsubishi general-purpose AC servo amplifier MELSERVO-J2-Super Series A : General-purpose interface B : SSCNET CP: Positioning function built-in (Note) CL: Program operation function built-in (Note) Note: The MR-J2S-MCP type and CL type are compatible with the 0.05 to 7kW capacity motors. List of compatible motors ● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL ● A converter unit (MR-HP30KA) is required for the 30kW or larger amplifier. Symbol 10 20 40 60 70 100 HC-KFS 053, 13 23 43 — 73, 46, 410 — HC-MFS 053, 13 23 43 — 73 — 200 — — — — — — HC-SFS — — — 52, 53 — 81, 102, 103 121, 201, 152, 202, 153, 203 301, 352, 353 502 Symbol Power supply None 3-phase 200VAC or single-phase 230VAC (Note1) 1 Single-phase 100VAC (Note2) Notes: 1. The single 230VAC is available only for the MR-J2S-70M or smaller servo amplifiers. 2. Only for MR-J2S-40M or smaller servo amplifiers. HC-LFS — — — 52 — 102 HC-RFS — — — — — — HA-LFS — — — — — — HC-UFS 13 23 43 — 72, 73 — 152 103, 153 — 152 202 302 203 353, 503 — 502 601, 701M, — — 702 — — 700 702 801, 12K1, — — — — — 11K 11K1M, 11K2 15K1, 15K1M, — — — — — 15K 15K2 20K1, 25K1, — — — — — 22K 22K1M, 22K2 30K1, 30K1M, — — — — — 30K 30K2 37K1, 37K1M, — — — — — 37K 37K2 Note: There are some motors that cannot be connected depending on the amplifier’s software version. Refer to the servomotor specifications in this catalog. 350 500 ■ For servo amplifier 400V MR-J2S- 30K A 4Mitsubishi general-purpose AC servo amplifier MELSERVO-J2-Super Series Special product A: General-purpose interface B: SSCNET (Note) 3-phase 400VAC Note: The MR-J2S-MB4 type is compatible with the 11 to 55kW capacity motors. List of compatible motors ● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL ● A converter unit (MR-HP55KA4) is required for the 30kW or larger amplifier. 5 Symbol HA-LFS HC-SFS 60 — 524 100 — 1024 200 — 1524, 2024 350 — 3524 500 — 5024 700 — 7024 11K — 8014, 12K14, 11K1M4, 11K24 — 15K 15K14, 15K1M4, 15K24 — 20K14, 22K1M4, 22K24 22K 25K14, 30K14, 30K1M4, 30K24 — 30K 37K14, 37K1M4, 37K24 — 37K 45K1M4, 45K24 — 45K 50K1M4, 55K24 55K — Note: There are some motors that cannot be connected depending on the amplifier’s software version. Refer to the servomotor specifications in this catalog. 202 352, 502 — — — — — — Model Configurations ■ For servomotor 200V HC-MFS 05 3 B Symbol HC-KFS HC-MFS HC-SFS HC-LFS HC-RFS HA-LFS HC-UFS Electromagnetic brake Motor series Symbol Low inertia, small capacity None None Ultra-low inertia, small capacity B Installed Note: Refer to “Electromagnetic brake specifications” in this catalog for detailed specifications. Medium inertia, medium capacity Low inertia, medium capacity Ultra-low inertia, medium capacity Symbol Rated speed (r/min) Symbol Shaft end Low inertia, medium-large capacity 1 1000 None Standard (Straight shaft) Flat model, small-medium capacity 1M 1500 K Key way (Note) 2 2000 D D-cut (Note) 3 3000 ● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL Symbol 6 6000 10 10000 Rated output (kW) 05 0.05 1 to 8 0.1 to 0.85 10 to 80 1.0 to 8.0 11K to Note: Refer to “Special shaft end specifications” in this catalog for the compatible models and detailed specifications. 11.0 to 37.0 37K ■ For servomotor 400V HA-LFS 30K 2 4 B Symbol Motor series HC-SFS Medium inertia, medium capacity HA-LFS Low inertia, medium-large capacity 400V type Symbol Shaft end None Standard (Straight shaft) K Key way (Note) Note: Refer to “Special shaft end specifications” in this catalog for the compatible models and detailed specifications. Symbol Rated output (kW) Symbol Rated speed (r/min) Symbol 5 0.5 1 1000 None None 10 to 80 1.0 to 8.0 1M 1500 B Installed 2 2000 11K to 55K 11.0 to 55.0 Note: The HA-LFS1000r/min 8.0 to 25kW motors are special-order products. Electromagnetic brake Note: Refer to “Electromagnetic brake specifications” in this catalog for detailed specifications. ● Conforms to following standards: EN, UL, cUL 6 Specifications and Characteristics HC-KFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HC-KFS 053 (B) Servo-amp model (Note 9) MR-J2SSpecifications Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) Continuous Rated output (W) running Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) duty 13 (B) 23 (B) 43 (B) 73 (B) 46 410 20A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 40A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 70A/B/CP/CL(Note 10) 70A/B/CP/CL-U005 70A/B/CP/CL-U006 10A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Servomotor (Note 1) HC-KFS high velocity series (Low inertia, small capacity) HC-KFS series (Low inertia, small capacity) 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.3 50 100 200 400 750 0.16 (22.7) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184.1) 2.4 (339.8) 0.64 (90.6) 0.38 (53.8) 0.48 (68.0) 0.95 (134.5) 1.9 (269.0) 3.8 (538.1) 7.2 (1019.5) 2.87 (406.4) 1.91 (270.5) 0.9 0.9 400 Rated speed (r/min) 3000 6000 10000 Maximum speed (r/min) 4500 6000 10000 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 5175 6900 11500 3.1 Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 4.78 12.1 9.65 24.2 37.7 6.4 Rated current (A) 0.83 0.71 1.1 2.3 5.8 2.9 2.9 Maximum current (A) 2.5 2.2 3.4 6.9 18.6 12.9 14.5 (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) 220 190 110 55 (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) 660 280 160 80 — — (Note 5) 2200 940 550 275 With no options Regeneration braking frequency MR-RB032 (30W) (times/min) MR-RB12 (100W) (Note 3, 4) MR-RB32 (300W) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) With electromagnetic brake [J (oz·in2)] — — — — 2800 1650 825 0.053 (0.29) 0.084 (0.459) 0.42 (2.296) 0.67 (3.663) 1.51 (8.255) 0.64 (3.499) 0.47 (2.569) 0.056 (0.306) 0.087 (0.476) 0.47 (2.569) 0.72 (3.936) 1.635 (8.938) — — Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Attachments 17 bit encoder Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP55) (Note 7) Structure 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature Environment Ambient humidity 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere Mass (kg [lb]) 1000 meters or less above sea level; X, Y: 19.6m/s2 1000 meters or less above sea level; X: 49m/s2 Y: 49m/s2 Elevation/vibration (Note 8) Standard 0.4 (0.88) 0.53 (1.17) 0.99 (2.18) 1.45 (3.19) 3.0 (6.61) 1.5 (3.30) 1.5 (3.30) With electromagnetic brake 0.75 (1.65) 0.89 (1.96) 1.6 (3.53) 2.1 (4.63) 4.0 (8.81) — — Notes:1. If used in location such as actual site of machinery where oil or water may contact the product, special specifications apply, contact Mitsubishi. 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 5. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. However, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 15 times or less. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The shaft-through portion and connector for cable terminal are excluded. 8. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiX Y load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 9. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-KFS series 750W is as follows. A type:Version A4 or above B type:Version A3 or above HC-KFS series servomotor torque characteristics 70 0.5 35 0.25 Continuous running range 0 4000 4500 0 1.0 70 0.5 4000 4500 0 0 HC-KFS46 (Note 1, 2, 4) 6.0 4.0 350 280 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (N•m) Peak running range 3.0 280 2.0 2.5 Peak running range 2.0 210 1.5 140 1.0 Continuous running range 70 0.5 Continuous running range 140 1.0 1000 2000 3000 0 0 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 4000 4500 0 0 2000 4000 Speed (r/min) Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) HC-KFS410 (Note 1, 2, 4, 5) 210 Peak running range 1.5 140 1.0 70 0.5 0 0 Continuous running range Continuous running range 0 4000 4500 2.0 280 2.0 7 0 420 Speed (r/min) 3.0 420 8.0 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) HC-KFS73 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1120 Torque (oz•in) 140 Torque (N•m) 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 280 Peak running range 1.5 Continuous running range Torque (oz•in) 0 0 560 210 Torque (oz•in) Peak running range 0.75 HC-KFS43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 4.0 560 0.2 28 840 Torque (oz•in) 0.4 105 HC-KFS23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 2.0 280 1.0 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 56 HC-KFS13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 140 Torque (N•m) HC-KFS053 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 0.6 84 6000 2000 4000 6000 Speed (r/min) 8000 10000 Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for singlephase 230VAC operation. 3. For single-phase 100VAC operation, torque characteristics that are different from above-mentioned 1 and 2, are shown in broken lines. 4. The effective load rate will increase by approx. 10% during a cold start, but will drop after approx. ten minutes of operation. 5. Use the HC-KFS410 at 90% or less of the effective load rate. Specifications and Characteristics HC-MFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series HC-MFS series (Ultra-low inertia, small capacity) Models Servomotor model HC-MFS Servo-amp model (Note 9) MR-J2S- Specifications 053 (B) 23 (B) 13 (B) 10A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 73 (B) 70A/B/CP/CL Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.3 Rated output (W) 50 100 200 400 750 Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 0.16 (22.7) 0.32 (45.3) 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184.1) 2.4 (339.8) 0.48 (68.0) 0.95 (134.5) 1.9 (269.0) 3.8 (538.1) 7.2 (1019.5) 3000 Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) 4500 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 5175 46.02 116.55 94.43 Rated current (A) 0.85 1.5 2.8 5.1 Maximum current (A) 2.6 5.0 9.0 18 1010 400 Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Servomotor (Note 1) 43 (B) 20A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) 40A (1)/B (1)/CP (1)/CL (1) Regeneration braking frequency (times/min) (Note 3, 4) 34.13 With no options (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) MR-RB032 (30W) (Note 5) (Note 5) (Note 5) 3000 600 MR-RB12 (100W) — — (Note 5) (Note 5) 2400 — — — — (Note 5) Standard 0.019 (0.104) 0.03 (0.164) 0.088 (0.481) 0.143 (0.782) 0.6 (3.28) With electromagnetic brake 0.022 (0.12) 0.032 (0.175) 0.136 (0.743) 0.191 (1.044) 0.725 (3.963) MR-RB32 (300W) Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) [J (oz·in2)] 13.47 Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Less than 30-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Speed/position detector Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Attachments 17 bit encoder Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP55) (Note 7) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature Environment 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere 1000 meters or less above sea level; X, Y: 49 m/s2 Elevation/vibration (Note 8) Mass (kg [lb]) Standard 0.4 (0.88) 0.53 (1.17) 0.99 (2.18) 1.45 (3.19) 3.0 (6.61) With electromagnetic brake 0.75 (1.65) 0.89 (1.96) 1.6 (3.53) 2.1 (4.63) 4.0 (8.81) Notes:1. If used in location such as actual site of machinery where oil or water may contact the product, special specifications apply, contact Mitsubishi. 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 5. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. However, the load/motor of inertia moment ratio must be 30 times or less. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The shaft-through portion and connector for cable terminal are excluded. 8. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiX load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. Y 9. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). HC-MFS series servomotor torque characteristics 105 Peak running range 0.75 70 0.5 35 0.25 0 0 Continuous running range 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) Peak running range 1.5 140 1.0 70 0.5 140 1.0 0 0 Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 4000 4500 0 0 4000 4500 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) HC-MFS73 (B) (Note 1, 2) 840 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Peak running range 3.0 2.0 1000 2000 3000 Continuous running range 8.0 1120 4.0 280 Continuous running range Speed (r/min) HC-MFS43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 560 Torque (oz•in) 210 0.2 28 420 HC-MFS23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 2.0 280 Torque (oz•in) Peak running range 0.4 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 56 HC-MFS13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 1.0 140 Torque (N•m) HC-MFS053 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 0.6 84 Peak running range 6.0 560 4.0 280 2.0 0 0 Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for single-phase 230VAC operation. 3. For single-phase 100VAC operation, torque characteristics that are different from above-mentioned 1 and 2, are shown in broken lines. 8 Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 4000 4500 Specifications and Characteristics HC-SFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor Servomotor series HC-SFS1000 r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) HC-SFS2000 r/min series 201(B) 52(B) 121(B) 102(B) 152(B) 81(B) 301(B) Models Servomotor model HC-SFS Specifications Servo-amp model (Note 7) MR-J2S- 100A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 200A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 350A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 60A/B/CP/CL 100A/B/CP/CL 200A/B/CP/CL Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) 4.8 3.5 1.0 1.7 2.5 1.5 2.1 Continuous Rated output (kW) 3.0 2.0 0.5 0.85 1.2 1.0 1.5 running Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) 28.6 (4049.8) 19.1 (2704.6) 2.39 (338.4) 8.12 (1149.8) 11.5 (1628.4) 4.78 (676.8) 7.16 (1013.9) duty Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 85.9 (12163.4) 7.16 (1013.9) 57.3 (8113.7) 24.4 (3455.0) 34.4 (4871.0) 14.4 (2039.0) 21.6 (3058.6) 1000 Rated speed (r/min) 2000 Maximum speed (r/min) 1500 1200 3000 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 1725 1380 3450 Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 81.3 16.7 32.9 44.5 25.6 30.9 8.7 Rated current (A) 16 6 5.1 9.6 9 7.1 3.2 Maximum current (A) 48 18 15.3 28.8 27 21.3 9.6 With no options 84 54 140 100 136 240 56 MR-RB032 (30W) — 80 — — 220 — 165 MR-RB12 (100W) — 270 — — — 560 740 Regeneration 250 — 330 408 — 730 — braking frequency MR-RB30 (300W) (times/min) MR-RB31 (300W) — — — — — — — (Note 2, 3) MR-RB32 (300W) — — 810 — 2220 — — MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 6) 430 550 — 680 — 1216 — MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 6) — — — — — — — Moment of inertia Standard 20.0 (109) 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 101 (552) 6.6 (36.1) 13.7 (74.9) 20.0 (109) 4 2 J (×10 kg·m ) With electromagnetic brake 22.0 (120) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) 111 (607) 8.6 (47.0) 15.7 (85.8) 22.0 (120) [J (oz·in2)] Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Speed/position detector 17 bit encoder, oil seal Attachments Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) Structure 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere Environment Elevation 1000 meters or less above sea level 12 (26.4) 18 (39.7) 9 (19.8) 11 (24.2) Standard With electromagnetic brake Mass (kg [lb]) X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2 X,Y : 24.5m/s2 Vibration (Note 5) X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 19 (41.9) 25 (55.1) X,Y : 24.5m/s2 23 (50.7) 29 (63.9) 5 (11.0) 7 (15.4) 7 (15.4) 9 (19.8) 9 (19.8) 11 (24.2) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. HC-SFS series servomotor torque characteristics 20 10 2800 1400 500 1000 1500 Speed (r/min) 0 500 10001200 Speed (r/min) HC-SFS52 (B) (Note 1, 2) 420 6 Peak running range 1400 700 3 10 5 9 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 50 3500 25 0 0 500 10001200 Speed (r/min) 500 10001200 Speed (r/min) HC-SFS152 (B) (Note 1) 24 2240 Peak running range Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for single-phase 230VAC operation. 16 1120 8 0 0 Continuous running range 0 Torque (N•m) 7000 Peak running range 75 Continuous running range 3360 Peak running range Continuous running range 0 0 15 2100 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 840 0 HC-SFS102 (B) (Note 1) 9 1260 Continuous running range Continuous running range 0 10500 100 20 Torque (oz•in) 0 0 40 10 Continuous running range Torque (N•m) 1400 5600 Torque (oz•in) Peak running range 14000 Peak running range Torque (N•m) 2800 30 HC-SFS301 (B) (Note 1) 60 8400 Torque (N•m) 4200 Torque (N•m) Peak 20 running range HC-SFS201 (B) (Note 1) 40 5600 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 2800 HC-SFS121 (B) (Note 1) 30 Torque (oz•in) HC-SFS81 (B) (Note 1) 4200 Continuous running range 3000 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 Specifications and Characteristics HC-SFS3000 r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 53(B) 103(B) 353(B) 153(B) 352(B) 202(B) 502(B) 702(B) 203(B) 350A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 200A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 350A/B/CP/CL 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 700A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 60A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 100A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 200A/B/CP/CL 3.5 5.5 7.5 10.0 1.7 2.5 1.0 3.5 5.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0 1.0 1.5 0.5 2.0 3.5 9.55 (1352.3) 16.7 (2364.7) 23.9 (3384.2) 33.4 (4729.4) 3.18 (450.3) 4.78 (676.8) 1.59 (225.1) 6.37 (902.0) 11.1 (1571.8) 28.5 (4035.6) 50.1 (7094.2) 71.6 (10138.6) 100 (14160) 9.55 (1352.3) 14.3 (2024.9) 4.77 (675.4) 19.1 (2704.6) 33.4 (4729.4) 3000 2000 2500 2000 3000 2850 2300 3450 21.5 34.1 56.5 69.7 11.4 7.4 3.8 9.5 15.1 11 17 28 35 8.6 5.3 3.2 10.4 16.4 33 51 84 105 25.8 15.9 9.6 31.2 49.2 64 31 39 32 82 24 25 24 14 — — — — — 36 — 73 — — — — — — 120 — 250 — 192 95 90 — 250 — 70 — 42 — — — 57 — — — — — — — — — — — 360 — — 320 158 150 — 410 110 — 70 — — — — 95 — — — — — 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 101(552) 160 (875) 6.6 (36.1) 13.7 (74.9) 20.0 (109) 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) 111 (607) 170 (929) 8.6 (47.0) 15.7 (85.8) 22.0 (120) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2 12 (26.4) 18 (39.7) X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 19 (41.9) 25 (55.1) 23 (50.7) 29 (63.9) X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2 X,Y : 24.5m/s2 32 (70.5) 38 (83.7) 5 (11) 7 (15.4) 7 (15.4) 9 (19.8) 9 (19.8) 11 (24.2) 12 (26.4) 18 (39.7) 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 6. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 7. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 8. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-SFS 1000 r/min series is as follows. A type:Version A1 or above 9. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-SFS 2000 r/min series 5.0kW/7.0kW is as follows. A type:Version B0 or above B type:Version B0 or above 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-SFS 3000 r/min series is as follows. A type:Version A1 or above 280 1120 560 8 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 Peak running range 1400 700 4 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) 0 Peak running range 10 5 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) HC-SFS203 (B) (Note 1) 2940 15 1960 980 0 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 HC-SFS353 (B) (Note 1) 5460 21 Peak running range 14 7 Continuous running range Continuous running range 0 40 0 HC-SFS153 (B) (Note 1) 2100 Peak running range Continuous running range Continuous running range 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min) 80 3640 Torque (N•m) Peak running range 2 0 5600 12 Continuous running range 0 20 11200 Torque (oz•in) 4 2800 Torque (N•m) 1680 6 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 560 40 HC-SFS103 (B) (Note 1) HC-SFS53 (B) (Note 1, 2) 840 0 0 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min) 60 5600 Continuous running range Torque (N•m) 0 8400 20 Continuous running range 0 Peak running range Y 120 Torque (N•m) 2800 10 40 Peak running range X HC-SFS702 (B) (Note 1) 16800 80 Torque (oz•in) 5600 HC-SFS502 (B) (Note 1) 11200 60 Torque (oz•in) 20 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (oz•in) 1400 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 2800 HC-SFS352 (B) (Note 1) 8400 30 Torque (N•m) HC-SFS202 (B) (Note 1) 4200 19 (41.9) 25 (55.1) 39 Peak running range 26 1820 13 0 0 Continuous running range 0 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 10 Specifications and Characteristics HC-SFS 2000r/min series servomotor specifications (400VAC type) Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HC-SFS Specifications Servo-amp model MR-J2SPower facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Continuous Rated output (kW) running Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) duty Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Rated current (A) Maximum current (A) With no options MR-RB1L-4 (100W) MR-RB3M-4 (300W) Regeneration MR-RB3H-4 (300W) braking frequency MR-RB5H-4 (500W) (Note 6) (times/min) MR-RB3G-4 (300W) (Note 2, 3) MR-RB5G-4 (500W) (Note 6) MR-RB34-4 (300W) MR-RB54-4 (500W) (Note 6) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) With electromagnetic brake [J (oz·in2)] Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Attachments Structure Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Environment Elevation 524(B) 60A4 1.0 0.5 2.39 (338.4) 7.16 (1013.9) Servomotor 8.7 1.5 4.5 125 415 — — — — — — — 6.6 (36.1) 8.6 (47.0) X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 49m/s2 X,Y : 24.5m/s2 Vibration (Note 5) 5 (11.0) 7 (15.4) Standard With electromagnetic brake Mass (kg [lb]) HC-SFS2000 r/min series (Medium inertia, medium capacity) 1024(B) 1524(B) 2024(B) 3524(B) 5024(B) 7024(B) 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 10.0 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 7.0 4.78 (676.8) 7.16 (1013.9) 9.55 (1352.3) 16.7 (2364.7) 23.9 (3384.2) 33.4 (4729.4) 14.4 (2039.0) 21.6 (3058.6) 28.5 (4035.6) 50.1 (7094.2) 71.6 (10138.6) 100 (14160) 2000 3000 2500 2000 3450 2850 2300 16.7 25.6 21.5 34.1 56.5 69.7 2.8 4.4 5.4 17 8.6 14 8.4 13.2 16.2 51 25.8 42 200 136 64 43 39 32 — — — — — — — — — — — 600 — 408 192 — — — — 680 320 — — — — — — 100 90 — — — — 167 150 — — — — — — 57 — — — — — 95 13.7 (74.9) 20.0 (109) 42.5 (232) 82.0 (448) 101 (552) 160 (875) 15.7 (85.8) 22.0 (120) 52.5 (287) 92.0 (503) 111 (607) 170 (929) Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 7 (15.4) 9 (19.8) 9 (19.8) 11 (24.2) 12 (26.4) 18 (39.7) X : 24.5m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 19 (41.9) 25 (55.1) 23 (50.7) 29 (63.9) 32 (70.5) 38 (83.7) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the X Y anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 6. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). HC-SFS 2000r/min series servomotor torque characteristics 10 5 HC-SFS2024 (B) (Note 1) 1400 Peak running range 20 5600 2800 10 0 0 0 0 40 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min) Continuous running range 3000 Peak running range 8400 5600 40 2800 20 Peak running range 20 Continuous running range 0 60 0 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min) 0 HC-SFS7024 (B) (Note 1) 16800 80 Continuous running range 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) HC-SFS5024 (B) (Note 1) 11200 60 Continuous running range 11 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) HC-SFS3524 (B) (Note 1) 8400 30 Torque (oz•in) 2800 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 4200 8 11200 120 Torque (N•m) 3000 0 Torque (N•m) 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 Torque (N•m) 0 1120 Continuous running range Continuous running range 0 Peak running range 16 Torque (oz•in) 700 3 2240 Torque (N•m) 1400 Torque (N•m) Peak running range 24 3360 Peak running range Torque (oz•in) 420 6 HC-SFS1524 (B) (Note 1) 15 2100 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 840 HC-SFS1024 (B) (Note 1) 9 Torque (oz•in) HC-SFS524 (B) (Note 1) 1260 80 5600 40 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) Note: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation. Specifications and Characteristics HC-LFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series HC-LFS series (Low inertia, medium capacity) Models Servomotor model HC-LFS 52(B) 102(B) 152(B) Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Rated output (kW) Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 302(B) 1.0 1.7 2.5 3.5 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 2.39 (338.4) 4.78 (676.8) 7.16 (1013.9) 9.55 (1352.3) 14.3 (2024.9) 7.16 (1013.9) 14.4 (2039.0) 21.6 (3058.6) 28.5 (4035.6) 42.9 (6074.6) 56.8 Rated speed (r/min) 2000 Maximum speed (r/min) 3000 4.8 3450 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Servomotor 202(B) Servo-amp model (Note 7) MR-J2S- 60A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 100A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 200A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 350A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 8) Specifications Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 17.9 49.7 80.1 41.5 Rated current (A) 3.2 5.9 9.9 14 23 Maximum current (A) 9.6 18 30 42 69 With no options 115 160 425 120 70 MR-RB032 (30W) 340 235 — — — — — Regeneration braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2, 3) Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) [J (oz·in2)] MR-RB12 (100W) 1150 800 — MR-RB30 (300W) — — 1270 370 215 MR-RB32 (300W) — 2410 — — — MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 6) — — 2120 615 355 Standard 3.2 (17.5) 4.6 (25.1) 6.4 (35.0) 22 (120) 36 (197) With electromagnetic brake 5.2 (28.4) 6.6 (36.1) 8.4 (45.9) 32 (175) 46 (251) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 4) Speed/position detector Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Attachments 17 bit encoder, oil seal Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity Environment Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere Elevation/vibration (Note 5) Mass (kg [lb]) 1000 meters or less above sea level/X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 24.5m/s2 1000 meters or less above sea level/X: 19.6m/s2 Y: 49m/s2 Standard 6.5 (14.3) 8.0 (17.6) 10.0 (22.0) 21 (46.3) 28 (61.7) With electromagnetic brake 9.0 (19.8) 10.5 (23.1) 12.5 (27.5) 27 (59.5) 34 (74.9) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 5. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiX Y load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 6. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 7. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 8. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-LFS series is as follows. A type:Version B3 or above B type:Version B3 or above CP type:Version A2 or above HC-LFS series servomotor torque characteristics Peak running range 560 4 280 2 2100 15 Peak running range 1400 10 700 5 Continuous running range 0 0 1000 2000 0 0 3000 10 0 2000 Speed (r/min) 2000 3000 16 1120 8 0 0 3000 Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 5880 42 Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for single-phase 230VAC operation. Peak running range 3920 28 1960 14 12 Continuous running range Continuous running range 1000 Peak running range 2240 56 Torque (N•m) Peak running range 1400 0 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 30 20 24 HC-LFS302 (B) (Note 1) 7840 40 2800 1000 Speed (r/min) HC-LFS202 (B) (Note 1) 4200 3360 32 Continuous running range Speed (r/min) 5600 Torque (oz•in) 6 HC-LFS152 (B) (Note 1) 4480 20 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 840 HC-LFS102 (B) (Note 1) 2800 8 Torque (N•m) HC-LFS52 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1120 0 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 3000 Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 1000r/min series servomotor specifications 601 (B) 700A/B/CP/CL -U058 — 8.6 6 57.3 (8113.7) 172 (24355.2) Cooling fan Voltage, frequency Power Input (W) Rated current (A) HA-LFS 1000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 20K1 801 (B) 15K1 12K1 (B) 25K1 11KA/B (Note 10) 15KA/B (Note 10) — — 22 15 143 (20248.8) 415 (58764) 30 20 191 (27045.6) 477 (67543.2) 38 25 239 (33842.4) 597 (84535.2) 12 8 76.4 (10818.2) 229 (32426.4) 18 12 115 (16284) 344 (48710.4) 22KA/B (Note 10) — 1000 1200 1380 Servomotor Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HA-LFS Servo-amp model MR-J2S(Note 8) Specifications Converter unit model Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) Rated output (kW) Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Rated current (A) Maximum current (A) With no options MR-RB31 (300W) MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 4) GRZG400-2Ω (4), MR-RB65 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-1Ω (5), MR-RB66 (1300W) (Note 5) Regeneration GRZG400-0.8Ω (5), braking MR-RB67 (1300W) (Note 5) frequency MR-RB139 (1300W) (times/min) MR-RB137 (3900W) (Note 3) GRZG400-5Ω (4), MR-RB6B-4 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2.5Ω (5), MR-RB60-4 (1300W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2Ω (5), MR-RB6K-4 (1300W) (Note 5) MR-RB136-4 (1300W) MR-RB138-4 (3900W) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) [J (oz·in2 )] With electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Attachments Structure Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Environment Elevation Vibration (Note 7) Mass Standard (kg [lb]) With electromagnetic brake 313 34 102 158 278 464 265 42 126 — — — 445 61 183 — — — 373 83 249 — — — 561 118 295 — — — 528 118 295 — — — — 354 264 — — — — — — 230 — — — — — — 195 117 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 650 (3553.3) 1080 (5903.9) 550 (3006.6) 220 (1202.7) 295 (1612.6) — — — 293 (1601.7) 369 (2017.2) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 X: 11.7m/s2 55 (121.2) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 70 (154.2) 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 42 (50Hz)/ 32 (50Hz)/ 45 (50Hz)/ 120 (50Hz)/ 54 (60Hz) 40 (60Hz) 63 (60Hz) 175 (60Hz) 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.30 (50Hz)/ 0.32 (50Hz)/ 0.65 (50Hz)/ 0.25 (60Hz) 0.25 (60Hz) 0.35 (60Hz) 0.80 (60Hz) — — 105 (574.0) 113 (617.7) Notes:1. Make sure that the effective torque is less than 75% of the 37kW capacity during the power factor improvement. Always use a DC reactor (MR-DCL37K). 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply's impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 5. The values apply when the parameter No.0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No.2 (for MR-J2S-B type) is changed, and the cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) are installed. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. HA-LFS 1000r/min series servomotor torque characteristics 8400 14000 60 0 84000 600 Continuous running range 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 13 28000 Peak running range 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 28000 200 14000 100 0 Continuous running range 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 42000 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (oz•in) 300 450 300 21000 150 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 800 600 56000 400 28000 200 0 0 Peak running range 200 Continuous running range 0 84000 Torque (N•m) 400 42000 HA-LFS15K1 (Note 1) 63000 HA-LFS25K1 (Note 1) 112000 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS20K1 (Note 1) 56000 Peak running range 400 100 Continuous running range 0 200 HA-LFS12K1 (B) (Note 1) 56000 Torque (N•m) 28000 300 Torque (oz•in) Peak running range 120 HA-LFS801 (B) (Note 1) 42000 Torque (N•m) 180 Torque (oz•in) 16800 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS601 (B) (Note 1) 25200 Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation. 3. The specifications are subject to change without notice. Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 1000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 37K14 30K14 11KA4/B4-U061 11KA4/B4-U062 15KA4/B4-U063 22KA4/B4-U064 30KA4/B4-U065 37KA4/B4-U040 30KA4/B4 (Note 10) 30KA/B (Note 10) 37KA/B-U039 (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) (Special-order) (Note 9) — — — MR-HP30KA MR-HP55KA4 48 18 59 12 22 48 30 59 38 30 12 37 8 15 30 20 37 25 286 (40497.6) 115 (16284) 353 (49984.8) 76.4 (10818.2) 143 (20248.8) 286 (40497.6) 191 (27045.6) 353 (49984.8) 239 (33842.4) 716 (101385.6) 883 (125032.8) 344 (48710.4) 229 (32426.4) 415 (58764) 716 (101385.6) 883 (125032.8) 477 (67543.2) 597 (84535.2) 1000 1200 1380 626 445 668 265 373 626 561 668 528 154 31 188 21 42 77 59 94 70 385 93 470 63 126 193 148 235 175 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 30K1 37K1 (Note 1) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 8014 (B) (Special-order) (Note 9) 12K14 (B) (Special-order) (Note 9) 15K14 (Special-order) (Note 9) 20K14 (Special-order) (Note 9) 25K14 (Special-order) (Note 9) — — — — — — — — — 97 290 68 203 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 354 264 — — — — — — — — — 230 — — — — — — — — — 195 117 — — — 1310 (7161.2) — — — 1870 (10222.5) — X:9.8m/s2 Y:9.8m/s2 250 (550.8) 335 (738) — — 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 120 (50Hz)/ 175 (60Hz) 0.65 (50Hz)/ 0.80 (60Hz) — — — — — 97 — — — — 290 550 (3006.6) 1310 (7161.2) 650 (3553.3) 1080 (5903.9) 295 (1612.6) — — — — 369 (2017.2) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 X: 11.7m/s2 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 250 (550.8) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) — — — — 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — 220 (1202.7) 293 (1601.7) 3-phase 380 to 420VAC 50/60Hz 65 (50Hz)/ 85 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.14 (60Hz) 110 (50Hz)/ 150 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz)/ 0.22 (60Hz) 0 0 0 0 112000 800 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 28000 Peak running range 84000 Peak running range 56000 400 28000 200 0 14000 100 84000 0 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 0 600 56000 400 28000 200 0 0 Peak running range 0 500 1000 1200 42000 450 300 21000 150 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) HA-LFS37K14 (Note 2) 126000 84000 900 Peak running range 600 14 300 Continuous running range Continuous running range Speed (r/min) 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) Y HA-LFS15K14 (Note 2, 3) 63000 Torque (N•m) Peak running range X Continuous running range 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 800 Continuous running range 0 Torque (oz•in) 200 42000 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 28000 HA-LFS30K14 (Note 2) 112000 200 Continuous running range 0 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) 600 300 Continuous running range HA-LFS25K14 (Note 2) Torque (N•m) 400 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 56000 600 42000 400 100 Continuous running range Continuous running range HA-LFS20K14 (Note 2, 3) 84000 14000 200 Peak running range HA-LFS12K14 (B) (Note 2, 3) 56000 Torque (N•m) 200 300 28000 Torque (N•m) 28000 600 300 Torque (oz•in) 42000 Peak running range HA-LFS8014 (B) (Note 2, 3) 42000 Torque (N•m) Torque (N•m) 84000 900 Torque (oz•in) 400 HA-LFS37K1 (Note 1) 126000 Torque (oz•in) 56000 600 Peak running range Torque (oz•in) 84000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS30K1 (Note 1) 800 335 (738) — 3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50/60Hz 55 (50Hz)/ 75 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.11 (60Hz) 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. 8. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 9. The servo amplifier software version corresponding to each servomotor differs, so contact your dealer for details on the servo amplifier type and the types of servomotor that are combined with the servo amplifier, and for information on the delivery schedule. 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HA-LFS 1000 r/min series is as follows. • For 8kW, 12kW, 15kW or 20kW (200V) • For 30kW (400V) A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above • For 25kW or 30kW (200V) A type:Version A2 or above B type:Version A5 or above 112000 68 203 1870 (10222.5) — 0 0 500 1000 1200 Speed (r/min) Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 1500r/min series servomotor specifications 701M (B) 700A/B/CP/CL -U059 — 10 7 44.6 (6315.4) 134 (18974.4) Cooling fan Voltage, frequency Power Input (W) Rated current (A) HA-LFS 1500r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 30K1M 11K1M (B) 22K1M 15K1M (B) 37K1M (Note 1) 11KA/B (Note 9) 15KA/B (Note 9) 22KA/B (Note 9) — 16 11 70.0 (9912) 210 (29736) — 22 15 95.5 (13522.8) 286 (40497.6) — 33 22 140 (19824) 350 (49560) 48 30 191 (27045.6) 477 (67543.2) 59 37 236 (33417.6) 589 (83402.4) 30KA/B (Note 9) 37KA/B-U042 MR-HP30KA 1500 2000 2300 Servomotor Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HA-LFS Servo-amp model MR-J2S(Note 8) Specifications Converter unit model Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) Rated output (kW) Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) Rated speed (r/min) Maximum speed (r/min) Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) Rated current (A) Maximum current (A) With no options MR-RB31 (300W) MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 4) GRZG400-2Ω (4), MR-RB65 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-1Ω (5), MR-RB66 (1300W) (Note 5) Regeneration GRZG400-0.8Ω (5), braking MR-RB67 (1300W) (Note 5) frequency MR-RB139 (1300W) (times/min) MR-RB137 (3900W) (Note 3) GRZG400-5Ω (4), MR-RB6B-4 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2.5Ω (5), MR-RB60-4 (1300W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2Ω (5), MR-RB6K-4 (1300W) (Note 5) MR-RB136-4 (1300W) MR-RB138-4 (3900W) Moment of inertia Standard J (×10-4kg·m2) 2 [J (oz·in )] With electromagnetic brake Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Speed/position detector Attachments Structure Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Environment Elevation Vibration (Note 7) Mass Standard (kg [lb]) With electromagnetic brake 189 37 111 70 124 206 223 65 195 — — — 309 87 261 — — — 357 126 315 — — — 561 174 435 — — — 514 202 505 — — — — 158 — — — — — — 191 — — — — — — 102 — — — — — — — — — — 87 260 52 156 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 295 (1612.6) 220 (1202.7) 1080 (5903.9) 650 (3553.3) 550 (3006.6) — — — 369 (2017.2) 293 (1601.7) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 11.7m/s2 X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 55 (121.2) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 70 (154.2) 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 42 (50Hz)/ 32 (50Hz)/ 45 (50Hz)/ 120 (50Hz)/ 54 (60Hz) 40 (60Hz) 63 (60Hz) 175 (60Hz) 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.30 (50Hz)/ 0.32 (50Hz)/ 0.65 (50Hz)/ 0.25 (60Hz) 0.25 (60Hz) 0.35 (60Hz) 0.80 (60Hz) — — 105 (574.0) 113 (617.7) Notes:1. Make sure that the effective torque is less than 75% of the 37kW capacity during the power factor improvement. Always use a DC reactor (MR-DCL37K). 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply's impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 5. The values apply when the parameter No.0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No.2 (for MR-J2S-B type) is changed, and the cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) are installed. HA-LFS 1500r/min series servomotor torque characteristics 7000 11200 50 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 15 28000 600 400 Peak running range 200 0 84000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) Torque (N•m) 300 28000 200 14000 100 0 0 Peak running range 100 Continuous running range 0 42000 400 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 56000 600 Peak running range Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation. 400 28000 200 0 0 Continuous running range 0 200 HA-LFS22K1M (Note 1) 56000 HA-LFS37K1M (Note 1) Torque (oz•in) 56000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS30K1M (Note 1) 84000 Peak running range Continuous running range Torque (N•m) 0 14000 80 Continuous running range 0 28000 300 Torque (oz•in) Peak running 160 range HA-LFS15K1M (B) (Note 1) 42000 Torque (N•m) 22400 240 Torque (oz•in) Peak running 100 range HA-LFS11K1M (B) (Note 1) 33600 Torque (N•m) 150 Torque (oz•in) 14000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS701M (B) (Note 1) 21000 Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 1500r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 30K1M4 22K1M4 37K1M4 45K1M4 50K1M4 30KA4/B4 (Note 9) 45KA4/B4 (Note 9) 55KA4/B4 (Note 9) 11K1M4 (B) 15K1M4 (B) 11KA4/B4 (Note 9) 15KA4/B4 (Note 9) 22KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 16 11 70.0 (9912) 210 (29736) — 22 15 95.5 (13522.8) 286 (40497.6) — 33 22 140 (19824) 350 (49560) 223 33 99 — — — 309 44 132 — — — 357 63 158 — — — 48 30 191 (27045.6) 477 (67543.2) 1500 2000 2300 561 87 218 — — — — — — — — — — — 37KA4/B4 (Note 9) MR-HP55KA4 71 59 45 37 286 (40497.6) 236 (33417.6) 716 (101385.6) 589 (83402.4) 80 50 318 (45028.8) 796 (112713.6) 514 101 253 — — — 626 128 320 — — — 542 143 358 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 158 — — — — — — — 191 — — — — — — — 102 — — — — — 220 (1202.7) 293 (1601.7) — — 295 (1612.6) 369 (2017.2) X: 11.7m/s2 95 (209.3) 126 (277.6) — — 87 43 52 — 260 129 156 650 (3553.3) 1310 (7161.2) 550 (3006.6) 1080 (5903.9) — — — — Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X: 9.8m/s2 Y: 29.4m/s2 Y: 9.8m/s2 115 (253.4) 230 (506.7) 250 (550.8) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 146 (321.7) — — — — 3-phase 380 to 420VAC 50/60Hz 30 90 1870 (10222.5) — 335 (738) — 3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50/60Hz 55 (50Hz)/ 75 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.11 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz)/ 85 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.14 (60Hz) 110 (50Hz)/ 150 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz)/ 0.22 (60Hz) 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the X anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. Y 8. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 9. The amplifier software version compatible with the HA-LFS 1500 r/min series is as follows. • For 11kW, 15kW, 22kW or 30kW (200V) • For 15kW, 37kW or 50kW (400V) • For 45kW (400V) A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above A type:Version A1 or above B type:Version A4 or above • For 11kW (400V) • For 22kW or 30kW (400V) A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A4 or above A type:Version A2 or above B type:Version A5 or above 14000 80 Continuous running range 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 28000 Peak running range 400 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 200 14000 100 0 0 84000 600 56000 400 28000 200 0 0 Peak running range 84000 42000 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 600 400 28000 200 0 0 Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) Peak running range Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 900 600 Peak running range 300 Continuous running range Continuous running range 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 56000 Torque (N•m) Peak running range HA-LFS30K1M4 (Note 2) 84000 HA-LFS50K1M4 (Note 2) 126000 800 200 Continuous running range 0 28000 HA-LFS45K1M4 (Note 2) 112000 600 Torque (oz•in) 56000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS37K1M4 (Note 2) 84000 0 Torque (N•m) 0 300 100 Continuous running range 0 42000 400 Torque (oz•in) 200 Torque (N•m) Peak running range HA-LFS22K1M4 (Note 2) 56000 Torque (N•m) 28000 300 Torque (oz•in) Peak running range Torque (N•m) 160 HA-LFS15K1M4 (B) (Note 2) 42000 Torque (oz•in) 11200 240 Torque (oz•in) 22400 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS11K1M4 (B) (Note 2) 33600 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 Speed (r/min) 16 Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 2000r/min series servomotor specifications Servomotor HA-LFS 2000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) Servomotor series 30K2 37K2 (Note1) 11K2 (B) 502 702 15K2 (B) 22K2 (B) Models Servomotor model HA-LFS Servo-amp model MR-J2S500A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 700A/B/CP/CL (Note 9) 11KA/B (Note 9) 15KA/B (Note 9) 22KA/B (Note 9) 30KA/B (Note 9) 37KA/B (Note 9) (Note 8) Specifications — — — — — Converter unit model MR-HP30KA Power facility capacity (Note 2) (kVA) 48 59 16 7.5 10.0 22 33 30 37 11 5.0 7.0 Continuous Rated output (kW) 15 22 running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) 143 (20248.8) 177 (25063.2) 52.5 (7434) 23.9 (3384.2) 33.4 (4729.4) 71.6 (10138.6) 105 (14868) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 158 (22372.8) 71.6 (10138.6) 100 (14160) 215 (30444) 263 (37240.8) 358 (50692.8) 442 (62587.2) 2000 Rated speed (r/min) 2000 Maximum speed (r/min) 2300 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 373 480 263 77.2 118 233 374 Rated current (A) 166 204 63 25 34 77 112 Maximum current (A) 415 510 189 102 75 231 280 — — — — — 50 50 With no options — — — — — — 120 MR-RB30 (300W) — — — — — — 95 MR-RB31 (300W) — — — — — — 200 MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 4) — — — — — — 160 MR-RB51 (500W) (Note 4) GRZG400-2Ω (4), — — — — — — 186 MR-RB65 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-1Ω (5), — — — — — — 144 MR-RB66 (1300W) (Note 5) Regeneration GRZG400-0.8Ω (5), — — — — — — 107 braking frequency MR-RB67 (1300W) (Note 5) (times/min) — — — — — 58 49 MR-RB139 (1300W) (Note 3) — — — — — 174 147 MR-RB137 (3900W) GRZG400-5Ω (4), — — — — — — — MR-RB6B-4 (800W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2.5Ω (5), — — — — — — — MR-RB60-4 (1300W) (Note 5) GRZG400-2Ω (5), — — — — — — — MR-RB6K-4 (1300W) (Note 5) — — — — — MR-RB136-4 (1300W) — — — — — — — — — MR-RB138-4 (3900W) Moment of inertia Standard 74.0 (404.5) 94.2 (515.0) 105 (574.0) 220 (1202.7) 295 (1612.6) 550 (3006.6) 650 (3553.3) J (×10-4kg·m2) — — — — With electromagnetic brake 113 (617.7) 293 (1601.7) 369 (2017.2) [J (oz·in2)] Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Speed/position detector Attachments 17 bit encoder, oil seal Structure Environment Cooling fan Mass (kg [lb]) Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X : 9.8m/s2 Y : 9.8m/s2 X : 11.7m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 55 (121.2) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 160 (352.5) 180 (396.6) 35 (77.1) 70 (154.2) 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz — Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 3-phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 32 (50Hz)/ 42 (50Hz)/ 45 (50Hz)/ — 40 (60Hz) 54 (60Hz) 63 (60Hz) 0.30 (50Hz)/ 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.32 (50Hz)/ — 0.25 (60Hz) 0.25 (60Hz) 0.35 (60Hz) Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Atmosphere Elevation Vibration (Note 7) Standard With electromagnetic brake 28 (61.7) — Voltage, frequency — Input (W) — Power — Rated current (A) Notes:1. Make sure that the effective torque is less than 75% of the 37kW capacity during the power factor improvement. Always use a DC reactor (MR-DCL37K). 2. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 3. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 4. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). HA-LFS 2000r/min series servomotor torque characteristics 5600 2800 Continuous running range Continuous running range 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 0 56000 400 14000 200 100 17 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 42000 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) Peak running range 300 28000 200 14000 100 Continuous running range 0 100 7000 50 33600 25200 16800 Torque (N•m) Peak running range HA-LFS15K2 (B) (Note 1) Torque (oz•in) 150 14000 0 0 84000 600 HA-LFS30K2 (Note 1) Torque (N•m) 300 Torque (oz•in) 28000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS22K2 (B) (Note 1) 42000 200 240 180 Peak running range 120 40 20 0 21000 Torque (N•m) Peak running 80 range HA-LFS11K2 (B) (Note 1) 28000 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 8400 Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 60 Continuous running range 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) HA-LFS37K2 (Note 1) 56000 28000 Torque (N•m) 40 11200 120 Torque (oz•in) Peak running range Torque (N•m) 60 HA-LFS702 (Note 1) 16800 Torque (oz•in) 5600 80 Torque (oz•in) 8400 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS502 (Note 1) 11200 400 Peak running range 200 Continuous running range 0 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 400VAC operation. Specifications and Characteristics HA-LFS 2000r/min series (Low inertia, medium capacity to large capacity) 30K24 22K24 (B) 37K24 11K24 (B) 15K24 (B) 11KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 16 11 52.5 (7434) 158 (22372.8) 15KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 22 15 71.6 (10138.6) 215 (30444) 22KA4/B4 (Note 9) — 33 22 105 (14868) 263 (37240.8) 263 32 96 — — — — — 233 39 117 — — — — — 374 56 140 — — — — — 48 30 143 (20248.8) 358 (50692.8) 2000 2000 2300 373 83 208 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 30KA4/B4 (Note 9) 37KA4/B4 (Note 9) 45K24 55K24 45KA4/B4 (Note 9) 55KA4/B4 (Note 9) MR-HP55KA4 59 71 37 45 177 (25063.2) 215 (30444) 442 (62587.2) 537 (76039.2) 87 55 263 (37240.8) 657 (93031.2) 480 102 255 — — — — — 427 131 328 — — — — — 526 143 358 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 186 — — — — — — — 144 — — — — — — — 107 — — — — 105 (574.0) 113 (617.7) — — 220 (1202.7) 293 (1601.7) 58 — 49 — 174 147 295 (1612.6) 550 (3006.6) 650 (3553.3) — — 369 (2017.2) Less than 10-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 6) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev — — 30 89 1080 (5903.9) — 24 73 1310 (7161.2) — 17 bit encoder, oil seal Totally enclosed ventilated (protection degree: IP44) 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level X : 11.7m/s2 Y : 29.4m/s2 X : 9.8m/s2 Y : 9.8m/s2 55 (121.2) 160 (352.5) 95 (209.3) 115 (253.4) 180 (396.6) 230 (506.7) 70 (154.2) — 126 (277.6) 146 (321.7) — — Single phase 200 to 220VAC/50Hz 3-phase 380 to 420VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 380 to 460VAC 50/60Hz Single phase 200 to 230VAC/60Hz 42 (50Hz)/ 54 (60Hz) 0.21 (50Hz)/ 0.25 (60Hz) 55 (50Hz)/ 75 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.11 (60Hz) 65 (50Hz)/ 85 (60Hz) 0.12 (50Hz)/ 0.14 (60Hz) 250 (550.8) — 110 (50Hz)/ 150 (60Hz) 0.20 (50Hz) / 0.22 (60Hz) 5. The values apply when the parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type) is changed, and the cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) are installed. 6. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. X 8. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 9. The amplifier software version compatible with the HA-LFS 2000 r/min series is as follows. • For 15kW (400V) • Other than the motor described in the left side A type:Version A3 or above B type:Version A6 or above A type:Version A0 or above B type:Version A3 or above 16800 Peak running range 120 28000 14000 8400 50 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 28000 600 400 Peak running range 84000 56000 28000 200 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) Peak running range 400 200 0 0 Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 42000 400 Peak running range 300 28000 200 14000 100 0 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 0 0 Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) HA-LFS55K24 (Note 2) 112000 600 Continuous running range 0 Continuous running range HA-LFS45K24 (Note 2) Torque (oz•in) 56000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS37K24 (Note 2) 84000 0 56000 100 84000 Torque (N•m) 0 200 Continuous running range Torque (N•m) 0 Peak running range 60 Continuous running range Torque (oz•in) 7000 300 Torque (N•m) 180 HA-LFS30K24 (Note 2) HA-LFS22K24 (B) (Note 2) 42000 Torque (oz•in) 100 25200 240 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (N•m) 150 HA-LFS15K24 (B) (Note 2) 33600 Torque (oz•in) 14000 200 Torque (oz•in) 21000 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HA-LFS11K24 (B) (Note 2) 28000 Y 800 600 56000 400 28000 200 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 1000 2000 Speed (r/min) 18 Specifications and Characteristics HC-RFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series Models Servomotor model HC-RFS HC-RFS series (Ultra-low inertia, medium capacity) 103 (B) Servo-amp model (Note 6) MR-J2S- Specifications Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Rated output (kW) Continuous running duty Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 153 (B) 203 (B) 200A/B/CP/CL 503 (B) 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 7) 1.7 2.5 3.5 5.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 3.18 (450.3) 4.78 (676.8) 6.37 (902.1) 11.1 (1571.8) 15.9 (2251.4) 7.95 (1125.7) 11.9 (1685.0) 15.9 (2251.4) 27.9 (3950.6) 39.7 (5621.5) Rated speed (r/min) 3000 Maximum speed (r/min) 4500 7.5 5175 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) Servomotor 353 (B) 350A/B/CP/CL Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 67.4 120 176 150 211 Rated current (A) 6.1 8.8 14 23 28 Maximum current (A) 18.4 23.4 37 58 70 Regeneration braking frequency (times/min) (Note 2) With no options 1090 860 710 174 125 MR-RB30 (300W) 3270 2580 2130 401 288 MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 5) 5450 4300 3550 669 479 Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) [J (oz·in2)] Standard 1.5 (8.2) 1.9 (10.4) 2.3 (12.6) 8.6 (47.0) 12.0 (65.6) 2.25 (12.3) 2.65 (14.5) 11.8 (64.5) 15.5 (84.7) With electromagnetic brake 1.85 (10.1) Less than 5-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 3) Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Speed/position detector 17 bit encoder, oil seal Attachments Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) Structure 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: −15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity Environment Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere 1000 meters or less above sea level; X: 24.5 m/s2, Y: 24.5 m/s2 Elevation/vibration (Note 4) Mass (kg [lb]) Standard 3.9 (8.6) 5.0 (11.0) 6.2 (13.7) 12 (26.4) 17 (37.5) With electromagnetic brake 6.0 (13.2) 7.0 (15.4) 8.3 (18.3) 15 (33.0) 21 (46.3) Notes:1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 4. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the antiload side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. X Y 5. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 6. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 7. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-RFS series 3.5kW/5.0kW is as follows. A type:Version B0 or above B type:Version B0 or above. HC-RFS series servomotor torque characteristics 420 3 0 0 700 Continuous running range 1000 1400 10 Peak running range 0 0 1000 10 19 0 0 Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) 12 6 0 0 Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) 4200 2100 45 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 1400 Peak running range Peak running range HC-RFS503 (B) (Note 1) 6300 20 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) HC-RFS353 (B) (Note 1) 2800 18 Continuous running range 2000 3000 4000 4500 30 1680 840 5 Speed (r/min) 4200 HC-RFS203 (B) (Note 1) 2520 15 Torque (N•m) 6 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 840 HC-RFS153 (B) (Note 1) 2100 9 Torque (oz•in) HC-RFS103 (B) (Note 1) 1260 Peak running range 30 Note: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 15 Continuous running range 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) Specifications and Characteristics HC-UFS series servomotor specifications Servomotor series HC-UFS 3000r/min series (Flat model, small capacity) HC-UFS 2000r/min series (Flat model, medium capacity) Models Servomotor model HC-UFS 72 (B) 152 (B) 202 (B) 352 (B) 502 (B) 13 (B) 23 (B) 43 (B) 73 (B) 10A (1)/B (1)/ 20A (1)/B (1)/ 40A (1)/B (1)/ Servo-amp model (Note 9) MR-J2S- 70A/B/CP/CL 200A/B/CP/CL 350A/B/CP/CL 500A/B/CP/CL (Note 10) 70A/B/CP/CL CP (1)/CL (1) CP (1)/CL (1) CP (1)/CL (1) Specifications Power facility capacity (Note 1) (kVA) Continuous running duty Rated output (kW) 1.3 2.5 3.5 5.5 7.5 0.3 0.5 0.9 1.3 0.75 1.5 2.0 3.5 5.0 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 0.64 (90.6) 1.3 (184.1) 2.4 (339.8) 1.9 (269.0) 3.8 (538.1) 7.2 (1019.5) Rated torque (N·m [oz·in]) 3.58 (506.9) 7.16 (1013.8) 9.55 (1352.3) 16.7 (2364.7) 23.9 (3384.2) 0.32 (45.3) Maximum torque (N·m [oz·in]) 10.7 (1515.1) 21.6 (3058.6) 28.5 (4035.6) 50.1 (7094.2) 71.6 (10138.6) 0.95 (134.5) Rated speed (r/min) 3000 2500 Permissible instantaneous speed (r/min) 3450 2875 Power rate at continuous rated torque (kW/s) 23.9 36.5 49.6 15.5 19.2 47.7 5.4 9.7 14 23 28 0.76 1.5 2.8 4.3 16.2 29.1 42 69 84 2.5 4.95 9.24 12.9 With no options 53 124 68 44 31 (Note 4) (Note 4) 410 41 MR-RB032 (30W) 79 — — — — — — 1230 62 264 — — — — — — 4100 206 — 372 203 102 72 — — — — 791 — — — — — — — — 620 338 169 119 — — — Regeneration braking frequency MR-RB12 (100W) (times/min) MR-RB30 (300W) (Note 2, 3) MR-RB32 (300W) MR-RB50 (500W) (Note 8) [J (oz·in2)] 5175 23.2 Maximum current (A) Moment of inertia J (×10-4 kg·m2) 4500 12.3 Rated current (A) Servomotor 3000 2000 Maximum speed (r/min) — 10.4 (56.9) 22.1 (120.8) 38.2 (208.8) 76.5 (418.2) 115 (628.7) 0.066 (0.361) 0.241 (1.317) 0.365 (1.995) 5.90 (32.3) With electromagnetic brake 12.4 (67.8) 24.1 (131.7) 46.8 (255.8) 85.1 (465.2) 123.6 (675.7) 0.074 (0.405) 0.323 (1.766) 0.447 (2.444) 6.10 (33.3) Less than 15-times the servomotor’s inertia moment (Note 5) Speed/position detector Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Attachments 17 bit encoder, oil seal Structure Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) (Note 6) Totally enclosed non ventilated (protection degree: IP65) Ambient temperature 0 to 40°C (32 to 104°F) (non freezing), storage: –15 to 70°C (5 to 158°F) (non freezing) Ambient humidity 80% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Atmosphere Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Elevation 1000 meters or less above sea level X, Y: 24.5m/s2 Vibration (Note 7) Mass (kg [lb]) — Standard Recommended load/motor inertia moment ratio Environment 9.76 X: 24.5m/s2, Y: 49m/s2 X, Y: 49m/s2 Standard 8 (17.6) 11 (24.2) 16 (35.3) 20 (44.1) 24 (52.9) 0.8 (1.76) 1.5 (3.30) 1.7 (3.75) 5.0 (11.02) With electromagnetic brake 10 (22.0) 13 (28.6) 22 (48.5) 26 (57.3) 30 (66.1) 1.2 (2.64) 2.2 (4.85) 2.4 (5.29) 6.2 (13.66) Notes: 1. The power facility capacity varies depending on the power supply’s impedance. 2. The regenerative brake frequency shows the permissible frequency for decelerating a stand-alone motor from rated speed to a stop. When under load, however, the value becomes the table value divided by (m+1) where m is the load inertia moment divided by the motor inertia moment. When the rated speed is exceeded, the regenerative brake frequency is inversely proportional to the square of (Operating speed/rated speed). When the operating speed varies with the frequency or when regeneration is constant (as with vertical feeds), find the regeneration heat generated (W) while operating and do not exceed the permissible value. 3. The regenerative braking frequency of the 600W and smaller servo amplifier may fluctuate due to the affect of the power voltage since the energy charged by the electrolytic capacitor in the servo amplifier is large. 4. There are no limits on regeneration frequency as long as the effective torque is within the rated torque range. 5. Contact Mitsubishi if the load/motor of inertia moment ratio exceeds the figure in the table. 6. Connector for cable terminal are excluded. However, IP65-compliant products (HC-UFSM-S1) including connector components have been prepared. 7. The vibration direction is shown in the right-side diagram. The numeric value indicates the maximum value of the component (commonly the bracket on the X anti-load side). Fretting of the bearing occurs easily when the motor stops, so please maintain vibration to approximately one-half the allowable value. Y 8. Install a cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 9. MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 is also compatible. The compatible motor is the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 10. The amplifier software version compatible with the HC-UFS 2000 r/min series 3.5kW/5.0kW is as follows. A type:Version B0 or above B type:Version B0 or above HC-UFS series servomotor torque characteristics 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 70 35 0 Peak 0.75 running range 280 210 140 0.5 0.25 Continuous running range 0 Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) 105 1.0 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) 0 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 70 0 2.0 1.5 Peak running range 0 420 3.0 2.0 0.5 Continuous running range 140 1.0 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 40004500 Speed (r/min) 8400 Torque (N•m) Peak running range Torque (oz•in) Torque (N•m) 40 HC-UFS502 (B) (Note 1) 11200 80 60 5600 40 2800 20 0 0 Peak running range 20 0 1000 2000 3000 Speed (r/min) 4.0 280 1000 2000 3000 40004500 Speed (r/min) 2800 HC-UFS43 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 560 1.0 0 5600 60 Continuous running range HC-UFS23 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) HC-UFS13 (B) (Note 1, 2, 3) 140 0 8400 0 Continuous running range 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min) Continuous running range 1000 2000 2500 Speed (r/min) HC-UFS73 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1120 840 Torque (N•m) 0 HC-UFS352 (B) (Note 1) 10 Torque (N•m) 0 20 Continuous running range Torque (N•m) 0 1400 8 Continuous running range 2800 Peak running range Torque (oz•in) 16 30 Torque (oz•in) 1120 4 Peak running range HC-UFS202 (B) (Note 1) 4200 Torque (N•m) 2240 24 Torque (oz•in) HC-UFS152 (B) (Note 1) 3360 Torque (N•m) 8 Peak running range Torque (oz•in) 560 12 Torque (oz•in) 1120 Torque (N•m) Torque (oz•in) HC-UFS72 (B) (Note 1, 2) 1680 8.0 6.0 560 4.0 280 2.0 0 0 Peak running range Continuous running range 1000 2000 3000 4000 4500 Speed (r/min) Notes: 1. Solid lines show torque characteristics for 3-phase 200VAC operation. 2. Torque characteristics are same for singlephase 230VAC operation. 3. For single-phase 100VAC operation, torque characteristics that are different from above-mentioned 1 and 2, are shown in broken lines. 20 Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ●HC-KFS053 (B), HC-KFS13 (B) ●HC-MFS053 (B), HC-MFS13 (B) 25 (0.98) 28.7 (1.13) 6.8 (0.27) 25.2 (0.99) 65.5 (2.58) KL 9.9 (0.39) (Note 3) Brake lead (Note 3) 2-0.32 0.3m (11.8 inch) Standard M40 (1.57) 4 5° 2.5 (0.10) 21.5 (0.85) (Note 5) ø8h6 0 (ø0.3150 -0.0004 ) 5 (0.20) 2-ø4.5 (ø0.177) 1 3 2 4 A ø4 (ø1 6 .811 ) 4 2 5 3 6 A 20 (0.79) Protective tubing Model Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth connector pin assignment 1 Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) Insulok (Note 3) Power-supply connector pin assignment with Brake Power-supply 35.7 (1.41) L 40.5 (1.59) ø30h7 0 (ø1.181-0.0008 ) M42 (1.65) HC-KFS053 (B) HC-MFS053 (B) HC-KFS13 (B) HC-MFS13 (B) A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 Variable dimensions L KL 81.5 (3.21) <109.5 (4.31)> 29.5 (1.16) 96.5 (3.80) <124.5 (4.90)> 44.5 (1.75) ●HC-KFS23 (B), HC-KFS43 (B) ●HC-MFS23 (B), HC-MFS43 (B) M62 (2.44) L Standard M60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 7 (0.28) 41 (1.61) 2.7 (0.11) 45° 3 (0.12) 4- ø5.8 (ø0.228) 1 3 2 4 KL 9.9 (0.39) 68 (2.68) (Note 3) 25.2 (0.99) ø7 (ø2 0 .75 6) connector pin assignment 4 2 5 3 6 A Insulok (Note 3) Model Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 20 (0.79) Protective tubing Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) 1 Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) Brake lead (Note 3) 2-0.32 0.3m (11.8 inch) Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth with Brake Power-supply 42.8 (1.69) 10.6 (0.42) ø50h7 0 (ø1.969 -0.0010 ) ø14h6 0 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 ) 38.4 (1.51) A Power-supply connector pin assignment Variable dimensions L KL HC-KFS23 (B) HC-MFS23 (B) 99.5 (3.92) <131.5 (5.18)> 49.1 (1.93) HC-KFS43 (B) HC-MFS43 (B) 124.5 (4.90) <156.5 (6.16)> 72.1 (2.84) ●HC-KFS73 (B), HC-MFS73 (B) M82 (3.23) 142 (5.59) <177.5 (6.99)> 45° 3 (0.12) 4- ø6.6 (ø0.260) 72 (2.83) Brake lead (Note 3) 2-0.32 0.3m (11.8 inch) Insulok (Note 3) Protective tubing A Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 5. For HC-KFS053 (B) and KFS13 (B). 21 Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) 20 (0.79) 19.5 (0.77) 1 3 2 4 A 58.1 (2.29) ø9 (ø3 0 .54 3) 86.7 (3.41) 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) (Note 3) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) Standard ø70h7 0 (ø2.756 -0.0012 ) ø19h6 0 (ø0.7480 -0.0005 ) 48.7 (1.92) 25.2 (0.99) 11 (0.43) M80 (3.15) 40 (1.57) 8 (0.31) 39 (1.54) 2.7 (0.11) Power-supply connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth with Brake Power-supply connector pin assignment 1 4 2 5 3 6 A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HC-KFS46 30 (1.18) 7 (0.28) 3 (0.12) ø14h6 0 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 ) 4 5° 0 ø7 756) . (ø2 38.4 (1.51) 2.7 (0.11) M60 (2.36) 4-ø5.8 (ø0.228) 42.8 (1.69) 134 (5.28) 41 (1.61) 0 ø50h7 (ø1.969 -0.0010 ) M62 (2.44) 10.6 (0.42) 81.6 (3.21) 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) 25.2 (0.99) 20 (0.79) Power-supply connector pin assignment Protective tubing Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) 5556PBT (female terminal) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) with 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) 1 3 2 4 A A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth ● HC-KFS410 M60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 7 (0.28) 3 (0.12) 4-ø5.8 (ø0.228) ø14h6 0 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 ) 45° 0 ø 7 756) . (ø2 38.4 (1.51) 2.7 (0.11) 42.8 (1.69) 134 (5.28) 41 (1.61) 0 ø50h7(ø1.969 -0.0010 ) M62 (2.44) 10.6 (0.42) 81.6 (3.21) 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) 25.2 (0.99) 20 (0.79) Power-supply connector pin assignment Protective tubing Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) with 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) 5556PBT (female terminal) A 1 3 2 4 A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 22 Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HC-SFS81 (B) ● HC-SFS52 (B), HC-SFS102 (B), HC-SFS152 (B), HC-SFS524 (B), HC-SFS1024 (B), HC-SFS1524 (B) ● HC-SFS53 (B), HC-SFS103 (B), HC-SFS153 (B) 12 (0.47) 4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts M130 (5.12) 55 (2.17) L 3 (0.12) 45° (Note 3) 81.5 (3.21) (Note 3) Oil seal S30457B Motor flange direction 45 9) ø1 5.70 (ø Brake (Note 3) U G B E H D ø1 (ø6 65 .49 6) V A F C W Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P 111 (4.37) (Note 3) ø24h6 0 (ø0.9449 -0.0005 ) ø110h7 0 (ø4.331-0.0014 ) 50 (1.97) 19.5 (0.77) 41 (1.61) KL Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P Model Variable dimensions 1000 r/min 2000 r/min 3000 r/min L KL — HC-SFS52 (B) HC-SFS524 (B) HC-SFS53 (B) 120 (4.72) <153 (6.02)> 51.5 (2.03) — HC-SFS102 (B) HC-SFS103 (B) HC-SFS1024 (B) 145 (5.71) <178 (7.01)> 76.5 (3.01) HC-SFS152 (B) HC-SFS81 (B) HC-SFS153 (B) HC-SFS1524 (B) 170 (6.69) <203 (7.99)> 101.5 (4.00) ● HC-SFS121 (B), HC-SFS201 (B), HC-SFS301 (B) ● HC-SFS202 (B), HC-SFS352 (B), HC-SFS502 (B), HC-SFS702 (B), HC-SFS2024 (B), HC-SFS3524 (B), HC-SFS5024 (B), HC-SFS7024 (B) ● HC-SFS203 (B), HC-SFS353 (B) 79 (3.11) L 39.5 (1.56) 18 (0.71) 3 (0.12) 4-ø13.5 (0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts M176 (6.93) 45° U F G E D 75 (2.95) Oil seal S40608B 30 ø2 .055) (ø9 (Note 3) (Note 3) 19.5 (0.77) KL 69 (2.72) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P (Note 3) #1 and #2 are screw holes for hanging bolt. (M8) Only HC-SFS702 (4) (B) has screw holes for hanging bolt. Model KL KA HC-SFS202 (B) HC-SFS203 (B) HC-SFS2024 (B) 145 (5.71) <193 (7.60)> 68.5 (2.70) 142 (5.59) 46 (1.81) HC-SFS201 (B) HC-SFS352 (B) HC-SFS353 (B) HC-SFS3524 (B) 187 (7.36) <235 (9.25)> 110.5 (4.35) 142 (5.59) 46 (1.81) — 208 (8.19) <256 (10.08)> 131.5 (5.18) 142 (5.59) 46 (1.81) — 292 (11.50) <340 (13.39)> 210.5 (8.29) 150 (5.91) 58 (2.28) 2000 r/min HC-SFS502 (B) HC-SFS301 (B) HC-SFS5024 (B) — 23 Variable dimensions HC-SFS121 (B) 1000 r/min Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. W Power-supply connector pin assignment (for 7kW) CE05-2A32-17P KB Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P (for less than 5kW) CE05-2A32-17P (for 7kW) Brake connector MS3102A10SL-4P Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3) Motor flange direction U D A V Earth C B KA #1 (Note 3) #2 ø35 +00.010 0 ø114.3 -0.025 (ø1.3780 0 (ø4.5 -0.001 ) +00.0003 ) 117 (4.61) 81.5 (3.21) #1 A B V A B W C Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment (for less than 5kW) CE05-2A24-10P 00 ø2 874) . (ø7 (Note 3) Motor flange direction Motor flange direction HC-SFS702 (B) HC-SFS7024 (B) 3000 r/min L KB Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HC-LFS52 (B), HC-LFS102 (B), HC-LFS152 (B) Oil seal S30457B 45° ø1 (ø6 65 .49 6) 111 (4.37) 81.5 (3.21) 50 (1.97) ø1 (ø 45 5.7 09 ) 3 (0.12) 0 ø24h6 (ø0.9449 -0.0005 ) 12 (0.47) 0 ø110h7 (ø4.331 -0.0014 ) 39.5 (1.56) 4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. M130 (5.12) 55 (2.17) L Motor flange direction 19.5 (0.77) Brake (Note 3) U G KL Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P V A F E H D 41 (1.61) B C W Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P Variable dimensions Model L KL HC-LFS52 (B) 145.5 (5.73) <178.5 (7.03)> 77 (3.03) HC-LFS102 (B) 165.5 (6.52) <198.5 (7.81)> 97 (3.82) HC-LFS152 (B) 193 (7.6) <226 (8.9)> 124.5 (4.9) ● HC-LFS202 (B), HC-LFS302 (B) 39.5 (1.56) 4-ø13.5 (0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 79 (3.11) L 18 (0.71) M176 (6.93) 3 (0.12) 45° 75 (2.95) 30 ø2 .055) (ø9 81.5 (3.21) 00 ) ø2 .874 (ø7 KL 69 (2.72) (Note 3) 0 ø114.3 -0.025 0 (ø4.5 -0.001 ) 19.5 (0.77) Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P Brake connector MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3) 142 (5.59) +0.010 ø35 0 (ø1.3780 +0.0003 ) 0 (Note 3) 117 (4.61) (Note 3) Oil seal S40608B 46 (1.81) Motor flange direction Motor flange direction U A B Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 3) F G E D A V B W C Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P Model Variable dimensions L KL HC-LFS202 (B) 200 (7.87) <248 (9.76)> 123.5 (4.86) HC-LFS302 (B) 250 (9.84) <298 (11.73)> 173.5 (6.83) Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 24 Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HC-RFS103 (B), HC-RFS153 (B), HC-RFS203 (B) L M100 (3.94) 45 (1.77) 4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 10 (0.39) Oil seal S30457B 81.5 (3.21) 45° ø24h6 0 (ø0.9449 -0.0005 ) ø95h7 0 (ø3.740 -0.014 ) 3 (0.12) 40 (1.57) ø (ø5 135 .31 4) 15 ø1 528) . (ø4 96 (3.78) 39.5 (1.56) Motor flange direction U Brake (Note 3) A 41 (1.61) H B E Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P V G F KL 19.5 (0.77) D Earth C W Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P Variable dimensions Model L KL HC-RFS103 (B) 147 (5.79) <185 (7.28)> 71 (2.80) HC-RFS153 (B) 172 (6.77) <210 (8.27)> 96 (3.78) HC-RFS203 (B) 197 (7.76) <235 (9.25)> 121 (4.76) ● HC-RFS353 (B), HC-RFS503 (B) 3 (0.12) 58 (2.28) (Note 3) (Note 3) 81.5 (3.21) (Note 3) Oil seal S30457B M130 (5.12) 45° 45 9) ø1 5.70 (ø ø1 (ø6 65 .49 6) KL 19.5 (0.77) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P 4-ø9 (0.354) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 120 (4.72) 0 ø28h6 (ø1.1024 -0.0005 ) 63 (2.48) 12 (0.47) 0 ø110h7 (ø4.331-0.0014 ) L 39.5 (1.56) Motor flange direction Brake (Note 3) U F Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P E Earth V G A D 46 (1.81) B C W Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P Model Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 25 Variable dimensions L KL HC-RFS353 (B) 217 (8.54) <254 (10.00)> 148 (5.83) HC-RFS503 (B) 274 (10.79) <311 (12.24)> 205 (8.07) Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HA-LFS502 Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P M200 (7.87) 85 (3.35) 225 (8.86) 4-ø14.5 (0.571) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 3 (0.12) 81.5 (3.21) 80 (3.15) M8 screw 5.2 (0.20) 25 (0.98) 146 (5.75) 20 (0.79) 0 ø42h6 (ø1.6535 -0.0006 ) 60 (2.36) 45° 0 ø180h7 (ø7.0866 -0.0018 ) 19.5 (0.77) ø215 (ø8.465) ø (ø9 250 .84 3) 134 (5.28) 300 (11.81) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P Oil seal S50689B Motor flange direction U F A V G E B D C Earth W Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P ● HA-LFS702 Power-supply connector CE05-2A32-17P M200 (7.87) 85 (3.35) 3 (0.12) 81.5 (3.21) 80 (3.15) M8 screw 25 (0.98) 5.2 (0.20) 4-ø14.5 (0.571) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 146 (5.75) 20 (0.79) 60 (2.36) 45° ø180h7 267 (10.51) 0 (ø7.0866 -0.0018) 342 (13.46) 19.5 (0.77) 0 ø42h6 (ø1.6535 -0.0006 ) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P ø215 (ø8.465) ø (ø9 250 .84 3) Oil seal S50689B Motor flange direction Earth W U D A C B V Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A32-17P Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 26 Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HA-LFS601 (B) ● HA-LFS701M (B) ● HA-LFS11K2 (B), HA-LFS11K24 (B) Encoder connector Brake connector MS3102A20-29P MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4) Hanger screw hole 85 (3.35) Bolt: M10x20 (0.7874) (Note 4) M200 (7.87) 426 (16.77) <498 (19.61)> 3-hanger (M10) (Note 6) (Note 4) 93 (3.66) 80 (3.15) st air Exhau Suction air Cooling fan rotating direction 45° 3 (0.12) 20 (0.79) (Note 4) (Note 4) M8 screw 19.8 (0.78) (Note 4) 5.2 (0.205) 142 (5.59) 27 (1.06) 0 ø42h6 (ø1.6535 -0.0006 ) 146 (5.75) 4-ø14.5 (0.571) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 55 (2.17) 262 (10.31) <334 (13.15)> ø44 (ø1.732) hole 11 (0.43) 6 (0.24) 0 ø180h7 (ø7.0866 -0.0018 ) 206 (8.11) 102 (4.02) 6 (0.24) 5 ø21 5) 6 (ø8.4 ø (ø9 250 .84 3) 171 (6.73) 480 (18.9) <550 (21.65)> Motor flange direction Oil seal A S50689B (in standard case) S45629B (with electromagnetic brake) B Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4) * When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the thread hole with a bolt of M10✕20 (0.7874) or less. ● HA-LFS801 (B), HA-LFS12K1 (B), HA-LFS8014 (B) (special-order) (Note 7), HA-LFS12K14 (B) (special-order) (Note 7) ● HA-LFS11K1M (B), HA-LFS15K1M (B), HA-LFS11K1M4 (B), HA-LFS15K1M4 (B) ● HA-LFS15K2 (B), HA-LFS22K2 (B), HA-LFS15K24 (B), HA-LFS22K24 (B) MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4) 180 (7.09) 27 (1.06) 200 (7.87) 110 (4.33) M250 (9.84) (Note 4) 111.5 (4.39) 205 (8.07) 25 (0.98) (Note 4) M254 (10.0) 140 (5.51) Exhaust air 45° 5 (0.2) 100 (3.94) Suction air 20.4 (0.803) 8) 6.6 (0.26) (Note 4) ø3 (ø1 00 1.81 1) 60 (2.36) 209 (8.23) 60 (2.36) 6 (0.24) ø55m6 (ø2.1654 0.0012 0.0004 ) 250 (9.84) ø44 (ø1.732) hole L 6 (0.24) Cooling fan rotating direction 4-ø14.5 (0.571) Hanger screw hole Bolt: M12x22 (0.87) (Note 4) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. Brake connector 3-hanger (M12) (Note 6) MS3102A20-29P 0 ø230h7 (ø9.0551-0.0018 ) Encoder connector 65 ø2 33) .4 (ø 10 37 6 (1 4. M10 screw Hanger screw hole Motor flange direction A Bolt: M12x22 (0.87) (Note 4) Oil seal S709513B (in standard case) S60829B (with electromagnetic brake) B Brake Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P (Note 4) Model 1000r/min HA-LFS801 (B) HA-LFS8014 (B) (special-order) Variable dimensions 1500r/min 2000r/min L HA-LFS11K1M (B) HA-LFS15K2 (B) HA-LFS11K1M4 (B) HA-LFS15K24 (B) 495 (19.49) <610 (24.02)> HA-LFS12K1 (B) HA-LFS15K1M (B) HA-LFS22K2 (B) HA-LFS12K14 (B) (special-order) HA-LFS15K1M4 (B) HA-LFS22K24 (B) 555 (21.85) <670 (26.38)> * When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the thread hole with a bolt of M12x20 (0.7874) or less. 27 Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 5. Leave a clearance of at least 100mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 6. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 7. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the servo amplifier type and the types of servo motors that are combined with the servo amplifier, and for information on the delivery schedule. Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HA-LFS30K1M ● HA-LFS30K2, HA-LFS37K2 KL M280 (11.02) LT 5 (0.2) 160 (6.3) Exhaust air Cooling fan rotating direction 45° 140 (5.51) Suction air 25 (0.984) ø3 (ø 50 13 .7 8) 8 (0.315) M12 screw FA Oil seal S659013B 108 (4.25) FA 00 ø3 11) 1.8 (ø1 55 (2.17) 127 (5) 4-ø15 (0.591) mounting hole FB 260 (10.24) Encoder connector 25 (0.98) MS3102A20-29P 1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5) 192 (7.56) ø63 (2.48) hole 20 (0.79) 27 (1.06) 0 ø250h7 (ø9.8425 -0.0018 ) 6 (0.24) 266 (10.47) ø60m6 (ø2.3622 0.0012 0.0004 ) 286 (11.26) 0 0 160 -0.5 (6.3 -0.02 ) 138 (5.43) 6 (0.24) 11 (0.43) 4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 140 (5.51) L 127 (5) 310 (12.2) Model Variable dimensions 1500r/min 2000r/min L LT KL FA FB — HA-LFS30K2 615 (24.21) 381 (15) 421 (16.57) 105 (4.13) 260 (10.24) HA-LFS30K1M HA-LFS37K2 660 (25.98) 426 (16.77) 466 (18.35) 127 (5) 304 (11.97) ● HA-LFS37K1, HA-LFS37K14 ● HA-LFS50K1M4 785 (30.91) 584 (22.99) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P 25 (0.98) 216 (8.5) 1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5) Exhaust air 184 (7.24) Cooling fan rotating direction M350 (13.78) 544 (21.42) ø63 (2.48) hole 45° 5 (0.2) 170 (6.69) Suction air 30 (1.181) 9 (0.354) 280 (11.02) 138 (5.43) 0 ø35 8) .7 (ø13 ø4 (ø15 00 .748 ) M16 screw Oil seal S8511013B 178 (7.01) 178 (7.01) 412 (16.22) 121 (4.76) 25 (0.98) 6 (0.24) 27 (1.06) 0 0 180 -0.5 (7.09 -0.02 ) 352 (13.86) 266 (10.47) ø80m6 (ø3.1496 0.0012 0.0004 ) 11 (0.43) ø300h7 0 (ø11.811 -0.002 ) 6 (0.24) 4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 170 (6.69) 70 (2.76) 4-ø24 (0.945) mounting hole 139.5 (5.49) 139.5 (5.49) 349 (13.74) Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 150mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M16x20 (0.7874) or less. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 28 Motor Dimensions ● HA-LFS15K1, HA-LFS20K1, HA-LFS15K14 (special-order) (Note 6), HA-LFS20K14 (special-order) ● HA-LFS22K1M, HA-LFS22K1M4, HA-LFS30K1M4 ● HA-LFS30K24, HA-LFS37K24 KL Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P 179 (7.05) Suction air 25 (0.98) 5 (0.2) 1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5) Exhaust air 152 (5.98) Cooling fan rotating direction M280 (11.02) LT ø51 (2.01) hole 140 (5.51) 25 (0.984) M12 screw FA 8 (0.315) 45° ø3 (ø1 50 3.7 8) 00 ø3 .81) 1 (ø1 Oil seal S659013B 55 (2.17) 108 (4.25) 4-ø15 (0.591) mounting hole FA FB 230 (9.06) 128 (5.04) 20 (0.79) 27 (1.06) 127 (5) 0 0 160 -0.5 (6.3 -0.02 ) 6 (0.24) 220 (8.66) ø60m6 (ø2.3622 0.0012 0.0004 ) 286 (11.26) 0 ø250h7 (ø9.8425 -0.0011 ) 6 (0.24) 11 (0.43) 4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. 140 (5.51) L Unit: mm (inch) (Note 6) 127 (5) 310 (12.2) Model 1000r/min Variable dimensions 1500r/min HA-LFS15K1 HA-LFS15K14 (special-order) HA-LFS22K1M HA-LFS22K1M4 HA-LFS20K1 HA-LFS20K14 (special-order) HA-LFS30K1M4 (Note 6), 138 (5.43) 260 (10.24) 650 (25.59) 431 (16.97) 471 (18.54) 127 (5) 304 (11.97) 4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. KL M350 (13.78) LT Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P 216 (8.5) ø63 (2.48) hole 25 (0.98) 5 (0.2) 45° 1-hanger (M16) (Note 4, 5) Exhaust air 184 (7.24) Cooling fan rotating direction 105 (4.13) 140 (5.51) Suction air 30 (1.181) ø4 (ø1 00 5.7 48 ) 9 (0.354) 50 ø3 .78) 3 (ø1 M16 screw FA FA FB 121 (4.76) Oil seal S709513B 280 (11.02) 27 (1.06) FB 426 (16.77) 22 (0.87) 6 (0.24) 266 (10.47) FA 386 (15.2) 140 (5.51) ø65m6 (ø2.55910.0012 0.0004 ) 352 (13.86) KL 605 (23.82) 0 ø300h7 (ø11.811-0.0013 ) 11 (0.43) HA-LFS37K24 LT HA-LFS30K14 L 6 (0.24) HA-LFS30K24 L 0 0 180 -0.5 (7.09 -0.02 ) ● HA-LFS25K1, HA-LFS30K1, HA-LFS25K14 (special-order) ● HA-LFS37K1M, HA-LFS37K1M4, HA-LFS45K1M4 ● HA-LFS45K24, HA-LFS55K24 2000r/min 70 (2.76) 4-ø19 (0.748) mounting hole 139.5 (5.49) 139.5 (5.49) 349 (13.74) Model 1000r/min 29 1500r/min Variable dimensions 2000r/min L LT KL FA FB 399 (15.71) 439 (17.28) 101.5 (4) 262 (10.31) 444 (17.48) 484 (19.06) 120.5 (4.74) 300 (11.81) HA-LFS25K1 HA-LFS25K14 (special-order) HA-LFS37K1M HA-LFS37K1M4 HA-LFS45K24 640 (25.2) HA-LFS30K1 HA-LFS30K14 HA-LFS45K1M4 HA-LFS55K24 685 (26.97) Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 3. Leave a clearance of at least 150mm between the motor's suction side and wall. 4. When the motor is used without a hanger, plug the threaded hole with a bolt of M16x20 (0.7874) or less. 5. Make sure that oil, water and dust, etc., will not enter the motor from the lead-in hole. 6. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the servo amplifier type and the types of servo motors that are combined with the servo amplifier, and for information on the delivery schedule. Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HC-UFS72 (B), HC-UFS152 (B) M176 (6.93) 55 (2.17) 3 (0.12) L 39.5 (1.56) 13 (0.51) 40° 0 0 ø114.3 -0.025 (ø4.5 -0.001 ) Oil seal S30457B 00 ø2 .874) (ø7 ø (ø9 230 .06 ) 144 (5.67) 81.5 (3.21) (Note 3) 15 ø2 .46) 8 (ø (Note 3) 0 øSh6 (øS-0.0005 ) 2-M6 screw 50 (1.97) (Note 3) 45° Motor flange direction 19.5 (0.77) Brake (Note 3) U Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P KL Power-supply connector CE05-2A22-23P Earth G H A F E V 44 (1.73) B D C 4-ø13.5 (ø0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. W Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A22-23P Variable dimensions Model L KL S HC-UFS72 (B) 110.5 (4.35) <144 (5.67)> 38 (1.50) 22 (0.8661) HC-UFS152 (B) 120 (4.72) <153.5 (6.04)> 47.5 (1.87) 28 (1.1024) ● HC-UFS202 (B), HC-UFS352 (B), HC-UFS502 (B) L M220 (8.66) 65 (2.56) 4 (0.16) 60 (2.36) ° 37.5 2-M8 screw (Note 3) 42 (1.65) (Note 3) 19.5 (0.77) Encoder connector MS3102A20-29P (Note 3) Brake connector MS3102A10SL-4P ø35 +0.010 (ø1.3780) 0 35 ø2 252) . (ø9 Oil seal S40608B 45° 164 (6.46) (Note 3) 81.5 (3.21) 139 (5.47) (Note 3) 50 ø2 .84) (ø9 0 0 ø200-0.046 (ø7.874 -0.0018 ) 16 (0.63) KL Power-supply connector CE05-2A24-10P Motor flange direction U V F G A C (Note 3) W Earth Power-supply connector pin assignment CE05-2A24-10P 47 (1.85) Motor flange direction AB Brake connector pin assignment MS3102A10SL-4P Model Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 4-ø13.5 (ø0.531) mounting hole Use hexagonal cap head bolts. Brake (Note 3) B E D ø2 (ø1 70 0.6 3) Variable dimensions L KL HC-UFS202 (B) 118 (4.65) <161 (6.34)> 42.5 (1.67) HC-UFS352 (B) 142 (5.59) <185 (7.28)> 66.5 (2.62) HC-UFS502 (B) 166 (6.54) <209 (8.23)> 90.5 (3.56) 30 Motor Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) ● HC-UFS13 (B) M60 (2.36) 40 (1.57) 26.9 (1.06) (Note 3) 3 2 4 4 2 5 3 Insulok (Note 3) 6 A Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) A Pin No. Signal Name U phase 1 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth connector pin assignment 1 Protective tubing Brake cable (Note 3) cabtire cable 2-0.752 0.3m (11.8 inch) Power-supply connector pin assignment with Brake Power-supply Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) 1 A Oil seal SC10207 33 (1.30) 9.9 (0.39) 46.7 (1.84) Standard ø (ø2 70 .75 6) 0 3 (0.12) 45° 4-ø5.8 (ø0.228) ø50h7 (ø1.969 -0.001) 3 (0.12) ø40 (ø1.57) 5 (0.20) 0 ø8h6 (ø0.3150-0.0004 ) 25 (0.98) 70 (2.76) <100 (3.94)> Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 ● HC-UFS23 (B), HC-UFS43 (B) M80 (3.15) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97) 3.5 (0.14) 26.9 (1.06) 4-ø6.6 (ø0.260) ø56 (ø2.205) 3 (0.12) 0 ø70h7 (ø2.756 -0.0012 ) 8 (0.31) 0 ø14h6 (ø0.5512 -0.0004 ) L Standard 45° 1 3 2 4 A (ø ø90 3.5 43 ) connector pin assignment 1 4 2 5 3 47.2 (1.86) (Note 3) Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase W phase 3 4 Earth with Brake Power-supply Oil seal SC15307 KL 9.9 (0.39) Power-supply connector pin assignment 6 A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) Insulok (Note 3) Variable dimensions Model L KL HC-UFS23 (B) 77 (3.03) <111 (4.37)> 43.8 (1.72) HC-UFS43 (B) 92 (3.62) <126 (4.96)> 58.8 (2.31) Protective tubing Brake cable (Note 3) cabtire cable 2-0.752 0.3m (11.8 inch) Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) A ● HC-UFS73 (B) 3.5 (0.14) Oil seal SC20357 55.5 (2.19) 9.9 (0.39) (Note 3) Encoder cable 0.3m (11.8 inch) With 1-172169-9 connector (made by AMP) Brake cable (Note 3) cabtire cable 2-0.752 0.3m (11.8 inch) Power-supply lead 4-AWG19 0.3m (11.8 inch) ø (ø 145 5.7 09 ) 65 ) ø1 6.50 (ø <76 (2.99)> Notes: 1. Use a friction coupling to fasten the load. 2. Dimensions inside < > are for models with electromagnetic brake. 3. Only for models with electromagnetic brake. 4. For dimensions where there is no tolerance listed, use general tolerance. 1 3 2 4 A 20 (0.79) Protective tubing 70 (2.76) <96 (3.78)> 31 Standard Insulok (Note 3) A 4-ø9 (ø0.354) 76 (2.99) 72 (2.83) 32.5 (1.28) 45° ø80 (ø3.15) 2.5 (0.10) 26.9 (1.06) M123 (4.84) 40 (1.57) 0 ø110h7 (ø4.331 -0.0014 ) 10 (0.39) 0 ø19h6 (ø0.7480 -0.0005 ) 85 (3.35) <111 (4.37)> Power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle) in standard case 5557-06R-210 (receptacle) (Note 3) 5556PBT (female terminal) Power-supply connector pin assignment Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth with Brake Power-supply connector pin assignment 1 4 2 5 3 6 A Pin No. Signal Name 1 U phase 2 V phase 3 W phase 4 Earth 5 B1 6 B2 Special Specifications Special shaft end specifications Motors with the following modifications are available. HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series ● With key (200, 400, 750W) Variable dimensions Motor series Capacity (W) QL U Y HC-KFS (Note 4) HC-MFS 200, 400 5 14h6 (0.5512 – 00.0004 ) (0.197) 30 (1.18) 20 27 5 (1.06) (0.197) (0.79) 3 (0.12) 3 (0.12) M4 screw Depth: 15mm (0.591 inch) 750 6 0 (0.236) 19h6 (0.7480 – 0.0005 ) 40 (1.57) 25 37 6 (1.46) (0.236) (0.98) 5 (0.20) 3.5 (0.14) M5 screw Depth: 20mm (0.787 inch) 200, 400 5 14h6 (0.5512 – 00.0004 ) (0.197) 30 (1.18) 20 23.5 5 (0.93) (0.197) (0.79) 3 (0.12) 3 (0.12) M4 screw Depth: 15mm (0.591 inch) 750 6 19h6 (0.7480 – 00.0005 ) (0.236) 40 (1.57) 25 32.5 6 (1.28) (0.236) (0.98) 5 (0.20) 3.5 (0.14) M5 screw Depth: 20mm (0.787 inch) HC-UFS T (Note 1) Q R S QK W R 27 (1.06) Q R Q QK R 3.5 (0.14) 2.5 (0.10) QL A Q øS W U T A Y A-A HC-UFS23, 43 HC-UFS73 Unit: mm (inch) R ● D-cut (50, 100W) R 21.5 (0.85) Capacity (W) HC-KFS HC-MFS Variable dimensions QK R QK 50, 100 25 (0.98) 20.5 (0.81) 100 25 (0.98) 17.5 (0.69) HC-UFS (Note 1) QK HC-MFS, HC-UFS 1 (0.039) Motor series ø8h6 (ø0.3150– 00.009 ) HC-KFS Unit: mm (inch) HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min, HA-LFS series ● Key way Variable dimensions W QK 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95) 40 (1.57) 58 (2.28) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001 ) 0 10 –0.036 0 (0.394 –0.001 ) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001 ) 0 6 –0.036 0 (0.236 –0.001) 0 8 –0.036 0 (0.315 –0.001 ) 0 10 –0.036 0 (0.394 –0.001 ) U r 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 3 (0.12) 5 (0.20) 5 (0.20) 4 +0.2 0 (0.16 +0.008 ) 0 5 +0.2 0 (0.20 +0.008 ) 0 4 +0.2 0 +0.008 (0.16 0 ) 4 +0.2 0 +0.008 (0.16 0 ) 3.5 +0.1 0 +0.004 (0.14 0 ) 4 +0.2 0 (0.16 +0.008 ) 0 5 +0.2 0 +0.008 (0.20 0 ) Y 4 (0.16) 5 (0.20) 4 (0.16) M8 screw 4 (0.16) Depth: 20mm A (0.787 inch) 3 (0.12) 4 (0.16) 5 (0.20) R Q QK U QL A A r Y A-A Fig. A R Variable dimensions S R Q 601, 85 80 42h6 701M, 0 (1.6535 –0.0006 ) (3.35) (3.15) 502, 702, 11K2, 11K24 801, 12K1, 8014 (Note 5), 12K14 55m6 110 100 (Note 5), 11K1M, 15K1M, 11K1M4, 0.0012 15K1M4, 15K2, 22K2, 15K24, 22K24 (2.1654 0.0004 ) (4.33) (3.94) 15K1, 20K1, 15K14 (Note 5), 20K14 60m6 140 140 HA-LFS (Note 5), 22K1M, 30K1M, 22K1M4, 0.0012 (2.3622 0.0004 ) (5.51) (5.51) 30K1M4, 30K2, 37K2, 30K24, 37K24 25K1, 30K1, 25K14 (Note 5), 65m6 140 140 30K14, 37K1M, 37K1M4, 0.0012 (2.5591 0.0004 ) (5.51) (5.51) 45K1M4, 45K24, 55K24 37K1, 37K14, 50K1M4 36 (1.42) 55 (2.17) 25 (0.98) 45 (1.77) 42 (1.65) 45 (1.77) 50 (1.97) QL 80m6 170 170 0.0012 (3.1496 0.0004 ) (6.69) (6.69) W QK QL 0 U r Y Fig. +0.2 5 0 70 5 6 12 –0.04 +0.008 0 ) (0.24) (0.47–0.002 ) (2.76) (0.2) (0.2 0 0 Q A +0.2 90 5 8 6 0 16 –0.04 0 ) (0.31) (0.63–0.002 ) (3.54) (0.2) (0.24 +0.008 0 Same as +0.2 0 standard 9 7 0 128 6 18 –0.04 motor’s +0.008 (0.35) 0 (5.04) (0.24) (0.28 0 ) (0.71–0.002 ) straight shaft. 0 +0.2 9 128 6 7 0 18 –0.04 (0.71 0 ) (5.04) (0.24) (0.28 +0.008) (0.35) –0.002 0 22 –0.04 0 (0.87–0.002 ) 0 147 11 (5.79) (0.43) +0.2 9 0 (0.35 +0.008 ) 0 U r A øS Model (HA-LFS) Motor series 55 (2.17) 79 (3.11) 45 (1.77) 63 (2.48) 55 (2.17) 55 (2.17) 65 (2.56) Q W 24h6 0 HC-SFS 0.5 to 1.5 (0.9449 –0.0005 ) HC-LFS +0.01 35 0 (Note 3) 2.0 to 7.0 (1.3780 +0.0004 ) 0 24h6 1.0, 1.5, 0 (0.9449 –0.0005 ) 2.0 HC-RFS 28h6 3.5, 5.0 0 (1.1024 –0.0005 ) 22h6 0.75 0 (0.8661–0.0005 ) 28h6 1.5 HC-UFS 0 (1.1024 –0.0005 ) 35 +0.01 2.0, 3.5, 0 (1.3780 +0.0004 ) 5.0 0 (Note 1, 2) R øS Fig. S W Motor Capacity series (kW) A QK QL A-A B Y Fig. B 11 (0.43) (Note 1, 2) Notes: 1. Cannot be used in applications that involve high frequency. Loose keys may damage motor shaft - voiding motor warranty. 2. Keys are not installed. Keys are installed by the purchaser. 3. The HC-SFS121 is the same as the lower row (2.0 to 7.0kW). 4. The HC-KFS46 and HC-KFS410 servomotors are compatible with the keyway specifications. The dimensions are the same for the HC-KFS23K and HC-KFS43K. 5. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the delivery schedule. Unit: mm (inch) 32 Special Specifications Electromagnetic brake specifications Motor model HC-KFS, MFS 13B 0.32 45.3 0.32 45.3 1.3 184 1.3 184 6.3 6.3 7.9 7.9 9 19 5.6 5.6 22 22 64 400 4500 4500 4500 793.6 793.6 3117.6 3117.6 9069.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 23B 43B Spring-action safety brake Type (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour 220 640 4000 45000 45000 45000 31176 90693 566833 6376871 6376871 6376871 Times 20000 (4J) 20000 (4J) 20000 (15J) 20000 (15J) 20000 (32J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (1000J) 20000 (1000J) 20000 (1000J) HC-SFS 2000r/min 202B 352B 152B Spring-action safety brake 52B 102B 8.3 8.3 8.3 24VDC -10% 43.1 1176 19 1176 19 1176 19 6103 34 502B 702B 524B 1024B (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour 400 400 56683.3 56683.3 7024B 43.1 43.1 43.1 8.3 8.3 8.3 24VDC -10% 43.1 43.1 43.1 43.1 6103 34 6103 34 6103 34 1176 19 1176 19 1176 19 6103 34 6103 34 6103 34 6103 34 400 4500 4500 4500 4500 0 4500 4500 4500 4500 400 400 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 45000 45000 45000 45000 400 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 45000 45000 45000 45000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 566833 566833 566833 6376871 6376871 6376871 6376871 566833 566833 566833 6376871 6376871 6376871 6376871 Times 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (1000J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (1000J) 20000 (1000J) HC-SFS 3000r/min 103B 153B 203B 53B 353B 20000 (1000J) 52B 20000 (1000J) (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour HC-LFS 152B 102B 202B 302B 103B 20000 (1000J) 153B Spring-action safety brake 0 (N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C 8.3 24VDC -10% 8.3 43.1 43.1 8.3 8.3 24VDC -10% 8.3 43.1 1176 19 1176 19 1176 19 6103 34 6103 34 1176 19 1176 19 1176 19 400 400 400 4500 4500 400 400 400 HC-RFS 203B 20000 (1000J) 353B 503B Spring-action safety brake 0 8.3 20000 (1000J) 0 24VDC -10% 6.8 16.7 43.1 6.8 6.8 6103 34 6103 34 964 19 964 19 964 19 2365 23 2365 23 4500 4500 400 400 400 400 400 16.7 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 56683.3 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 (oz·in)/hour 566833 566833 566833 6376871 6376871 566833 566833 566833 6376871 6376871 566833 566833 566833 566833 566833 Times 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (200J) Motor model 4000 45000 45000 20000 (1000J) 4000 20000 (1000J) 4000 4000 HA-LFS 1000r/min 8014B (Note 3) 12K14B (Note 3) 801B 12K1B Spring-action safety brake 601B Type 45000 20000 (1000J) 45000 4000 20000 (1000J) 20000 (200J) HA-LFS 1500r/min 11K1M4B 15K1MB 11K1MB Spring-action safety brake 701MB 0 (N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour (oz·in)/hour Times Motor model 24VDC -10% 82 160.5 160.5 160.5 160.5 82 160.5 160.5 160.5 160.5 11618 30 22741 46 22741 46 22741 46 22741 46 11618 30 22741 46 22741 46 22741 46 22741 46 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 425058 708430 708430 708430 708430 425058 708430 708430 708430 708430 30000 50000 50000 50000 50000 30000 50000 50000 50000 50000 4250580 7084300 7084300 7084300 7084300 4250580 7084300 7084300 7084300 7084300 20000 (1000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (1000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) HA-LFS2000r/min 11K2B Type 15K2B 22K2B HC-UFS 2000r/min 11K24B 15K24B 22K24B 72B Spring-action safety brake 152B (N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C (J)/time (oz·in)/time (J)/hour 352B HC-UFS 3000r/min 502B 13B 23B 160.5 24VDC -10% 160.5 82 160.5 160.5 8.3 8.3 11618 30 22741 46 22741 46 22741 46 22741 46 1176 19 1176 19 3000 5000 5000 3000 5000 5000 425058 708430 708430 425058 708430 708430 30000 50000 50000 30000 50000 50000 24VDC -10% 43.1 43.1 6103 34 6103 34 43B 73B Spring-action safety brake 0 82 11618 30 202B Spring-action safety brake 0 Rated voltage Static friction torque 15K1M4B 0 24VDC -10% Rated voltage Static friction torque Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action) 5024B (oz·in)/hour Rated voltage Permissible braking work 2024B 3524B 1524B Spring-action safety brake 0 Spring-action safety brake Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action) 6103 34 220 Type Permissible braking work 43.1 6103 34 31176 Motor model Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action) 43.1 6103 34 56 (N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C 33 0 24VDC -10% 43.1 7936 Rated voltage Permissible braking work 8.3 1176 56 Static friction torque Static friction torque 2.4 340 301B 7936 Type Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action) 121B 201B Spring-action safety brake (oz·in)/hour Motor model Permissible braking work 81B 24VDC -10% (N·m) (oz·in) Power consumption (W) at 20°C Brake life (Note 1) (Braking work per braking action) 73B 0 Rated voltage Static friction torque Permissible braking work HC-SFS 1000r/min 053B 0 43.1 0.32 24VDC -10% 1.3 1.3 2.4 6103 34 45.3 6.3 184 7.9 340 10 184 7.9 4500 4500 4500 400 400 56683.3 56683.3 637687.1 637687.1 637687.1 45000 45000 45000 4000 4000 5.6 22 22 64 793.6 3117.6 3117.6 9069.3 56 220 220 640 (oz·in)/hour 4250580 7084300 7084300 4250580 7084300 7084300 566833 566833 6376871 6376871 6376871 7936 31176 31176 90693 Times 20000 (1000J) 20000 (200J) 20000 (4J) 20000 (15J) 20000 (15J) 20000 (32J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 20000 (1000J) (3000J) 20000 (3000J) 20000 (200J) Notes: 1. The brake gap cannot be adjusted, so the brake life is the time until readjustment by braking needed. 2. The electromagnetic brake is for holding. It cannot be used for braking applications. 3. The motors are special-order products. Contact Mitsubishi for details on the delivery schedule. 20000 (1000J) 20000 (1000J) 20000 (1000J) Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MA) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J2S-A as described below. Connectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J2S-A easily and begin using it right away. Battery compartment (option) Power-supply 3-phase 200-230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1) Positioning controllers A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Not required when using as an incremental system. The MR-J2S-A can be connected to a Mitsubishi controller or any pulse train output controller. Display panel Displays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms. No-fuse circuit breaker (NFB) Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons. Used to protect the power supply line. FX2N-10GM FX2N-1PG QD75P FX2N-20GM FX2N-10PG P1, 2, 4 AD75P P1 to P3 Servo amplifier MR-J2S- A (Note 3) QD75D D1, 2, 4 A1SD75P P1 to P3 Control signal connector Junction terminal block (option) CN1A All signals can be connected easily at this terminal block without a connection to CN1A or CN1B. Magnetic contactor (MC) Used to turn off the servoamp’s power when an alarm has been triggered. CN1B Control signal (for operation panel) Connects to the PLC’s I/O port or the machine’s operation panel. (Note 2) CN3 R S T Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BAL) CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) Connects the unit to user’s personal computer, enabling user to perform monitoring, batch parameter entry and saving, graph display, and test operation. Dedicated cable and MR Configurator (setup software) are available also. CN2 X Y Z L1 L2 U L3 V W TE2 Type 3 ground or above Charge lamp Illuminates when the main-circuit-power-supply is on. Do not plug/unplug power lines when this lamp is on. D <With front cover open> L21 L11 Regeneration unit (option) C Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”. P HC- FS servomotor and encoder (Above picture is HC-KFS23.) Notes: 1. If a 1-phase power-supply (230VAC) is used, please connect to terminals L1 and L2. Nothing should be connected to L3. 2. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. RS-422 communication is possible with parameter switching. The RS-422 communication cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 3. The connections with the peripheral devices shown above apply for the MR-J2S-350A or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500A or larger and the MR-J2S-60A4 (400V type) or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram. 34 Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-A (100V/200V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S- 10A 20A 40A 70A 700A 37KA 60A (-UM) 100A 200A 350A 500A (-UM) 11KA 15KA 22KA 30KA (-UM) 10A1 20A1 40A1 — Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply Voltage/frequency 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz Permissible voltage fluctuation 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. ±5% max. Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption (W) Maincircuit power supply Voltage/frequency (Note 1) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Permissible frequency fluctuation Dynamic brake Servo-amp Safety features Maximum input pulse frequency Positioning feedback pulse Position Command pulse multiple control Positioning complete width setting mode Excess error Torque limit Speed control range Speed fluctuation rate Torque limit Built-in (Note 3) Speed limit 500kpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector) Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 65535 or 131072, B: 1 to 65535 1/50 < A/B < 500 0 to ±10000 pulses (command pulse unit) ±10 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque) Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000 0 to ±10VDC/rated speed (Note 4) ±0.01% max. (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation ±10%) ±0.2% max. (ambient temperature 25°C±10°C (77°F±50°F), when using analog speed command Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque) 0 to ±8VDC max. torque (input impedance 10 to 12kΩ) Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to ±10VDC, rated speed) Self-cooling open (IP00) Ambient temperature Environ- Ambient humidity ment Atmosphere Elevation Converter unit Maincircuit power supply (kg [lb]) Voltage/frequency (Note 1) Self-cooling open (IP00) Fan cooling open (IP00) 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max. Oscillation Mass Built-in (Note 3) External option Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Analog torque command input Structure The servo 1-phase 100 to 120VAC amplifier’s 50/60Hz (Note 2) main circuit power is 1-phase 85 to 127VAC supplied 50/60Hz from the converter ±5% max. unit. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Analog speed command input Torque control mode 50 50 Control system Speed control mode — MR-HP30KA 0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.0 4.9 7.2 15 16 20 47 47 0.7 0.7 1.1 (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) (2.4) (3.7) (3.7) (4.4) (4.4) (10.8) (15.9) (33) (35.3) (44.1) (103.5) (103.5) (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) — 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz — (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation — Permissible frequency fluctuation — Voltage/frequency ControlPermissible voltage circuit fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation — — 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Power consumption — 50W — — 22 (48.5) — Mass (kg [lb]) — — — — — — Notes: 1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MA-ED or MR-J2S-MA1-ED), special compliance is possible. 4. It is possible to change the rotation speed in 10V using parameter No.25. 35 Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-A (400V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S- 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 55KA4 MR-HP55KA4 — ±5% max. 50 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation The servo amplifier's main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. 3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Built-in External option Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection 500kpps (when using differential receiver), 200 kpps (when using open collector) Maximum input pulse frequency Resolution per encoder/servomotor rotation: 131072 p/rev Positioning feedback pulse Servo-amp 45KA4 25 Safety features Electronic gear A/B multiple, A: 1 to 65535 or 131072, B: 1 to 65535 1/50 < A/B < 500 Position Command pulse multiple control Positioning complete width setting mode Excess error 0 to ±10000 pulses (command pulse unit) ±10 rotations Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque) Torque limit Analog speed command 1:2000, internal speed command 1:5000 Speed control range 0 to ±10VDC/rated speed (Note 3) Analog speed command input ±0.01% max. (load fluctuation 0 to 100%) 0% (power fluctuation ±10%) ±0.2% max. (ambient temperature 25°C±10°C (77°F±50°F), when using analog speed command Speed fluctuation rate Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to +10VDC, max. torque) Torque limit 0 to ±8VDC max. torque (input impedance 10 to 12kΩ) Analog torque command input Set by parameters or external analog input (0 to ±10VDC, rated speed) Speed limit Fan cooling open (IP00) (Note 4) Structure 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity EnvironAtmosphere ment Elevation Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max. Oscillation Converter unit (-UM) Power consumption (W) Dynamic brake (kg [lb]) 2.0 (4.4) 2.0 (4.4) 2.0 (4.4) 5 (11) 5 (11) 7.2 (15.9) 15 (33) 16 (35.3) 20 (44.1) 36 47 47 47 (79.3) (103.5) (103.5) (103.5) Voltage/frequency (Note 1) — 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation — 3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz Permissible frequency fluctuation — ±5% max. Voltage/frequency — 1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz — 1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz — ±5% max. Control- Permissible voltage circuit fluctuation power supply Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption Mass 37KA4 (-UM) Permissible frequency fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Maincircuit power supply 30KA4 (-UM) 1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz Control system Mass 22KA4 (-UM) 20.4 to 27.6VDC Voltage/frequency (Note 1) Torque control mode 15KA4 (-UM) 1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz Permissible voltage fluctuation Speed control mode 11KA4 24VDC Voltage/frequency Maincircuit power supply 700A4 — Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply 500A4 (kg [lb]) — 50W — 22 (48.5) Notes: 1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. It is possible to change the rotation speed in 10V using parameter No.25. 4. For the structure of MR-J2S-60A4, “Self-cooling, open (IP00)” is applied. 36 Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MA (1)/MR-J2S-MA (4) type: Position control operation ● Connection to QD75D (position servo, incremental) Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4 Main-circuit power supply Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (8). Control-circuit power supply L1 L2 L3 (Note 6) CN2 L11 L21 Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11). (Note 5, 6) (Note 1, 2) RA4 Positioning unit QD75D Name RDY COM READY PULSE F+ PULSE F– PULSE R+ PULSE R– CLEAR CLEAR COM PG05 PG0 COM Common terminal Pin No. MM12 MM11 MM15 MM16 MM17 MM18 MM13 MM14 MM 9 MM10 (Note 9) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) CN1A INP COM OPC RD PP PG NP NG CR SG LZ LZR LG 18 9 11 19 3 13 2 12 8 10 5 15 1 LA LAR LB 6 16 7 LBR 17 LG Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) OP P15R SD (Note 6) CN3 Connector CN3 connection The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) and (13). CN4 1 Connector CN4 connection 14 4 PLATE This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (13). The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4. 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 5, 6) CN1B EMG (Note 3) Emergency stop Servo on Reset Proportional control Torque limit selection Forward stroke end (Note 4) Reverse stroke end Do not connect when using an external power-supply. 15 SON 5 RES 14 PC 8 TL 9 LSP 16 LSN 17 SG 10 SG 20 CN5A CN5B This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6). The 22kW or smaller capacity does not have connectors CN5A and CN5B. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. VDD 3 13 RA1 COM ALM RA2 ZSP 19 RA3 TLC 6 P15R 11 TLA 12 (Note 1, 2) (Note 7) Malfunction Zero speed detection Torque limit in effect CON2 18 Connector CON2 is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. Note that this is used for maker adjustments and nothing should be connected to it. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting Analog torque limit +10V/maximum torque LG 1 SD PLATE 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 37 Connector CN5A/CN5B connection (Note 10) Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. EMG (emergency stop) contact must be closed. If it is not closed, operation will be impossible. 4. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 6. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 7. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 8. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 9. Connect between LG and common terminal to increase noise resistance. 10. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MA (1)/MR-J2S-MA (4) type: Speed control operation ● Connection Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4 Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection Main-circuit power supply The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (8). Control-circuit power supply L1 L2 L3 (Note 6) CN2 Connector CN2 connection L11 L21 The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11). (Note 5, 6) CN1A COM Speed selection 1 SP1 SG (Note 1, 2) Ready RA4 RD Speed reached RA5 SA SG 9 (Note 6) 8 CN3 10 19 18 20 Connector CN3 connection The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) and (13). 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. LZ LZR Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) LA LAR Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) LB LBR LG OP Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) P15R SD 5 15 6 16 7 17 1 CN4 14 4 Connector CN4 connection This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (13). The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4. PLATE 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 5, 6) CN1B (Note 3) Emergency stop Servo on Reset Speed selection 2 EMG SON RES SP2 ST1 ST2 Forward rotation start Reverse rotation start (Note 4) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end RA1 RA2 RA3 5 CN5A 14 7 8 Connector CN5A/CN5B connection CN5B 9 LSP LSN 16 17 SG 10 SG 20 Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. VDD (Note 1, 2) (Note 7) Malfunction Zero speed detection Torque limit in effect 15 CON2 3 COM 13 ALM 18 ZSP TLC 19 6 This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6). The 22kW or smaller capacity does not have connectors CN5A and CN5B. Connector CON2 is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. Note that this is used for maker adjustments and nothing should be connected to it. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting Analog torque limit +10V/maximum torque Upper limit setting Analog speed command ±10V/rated speed (in this wiring diagram, +10V/rated speed) 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. P15R 11 TLA 12 LG 1 VC 2 SD PLATE (Note 9) Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. EMG (emergency stop) contact must be closed. If it is not closed, operation will be impossible. 4. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 5. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 6. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 7. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 8. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 9. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). 38 Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MA (1)/MR-J2S-MA (4) type: Torque control operation ● Connection Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4 Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection Main-circuit power supply The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (8). Control-circuit power supply L1 L2 L3 (Note 5) CN2 Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11). L11 L21 (Note 4, 5) CN1A COM 9 (Note 5) CN3 Speed selection 1 (Note 1, 2) Ready RA4 SP1 SG RD SG 8 Connector CN3 connection 10 19 The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) and (13). 20 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. LZ Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) LZR LA LAR LB Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) LBR LG OP P15R Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) SD 5 15 6 16 7 17 CN4 Connector CN4 connection 1 14 4 PLATE This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (13). The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4. 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 4, 5) CN1B (Note 3) Emergency stop Servo on Reset 15 SON 5 14 RES Speed selection 2 SP2 Reverse rotation select Normal rotation select RS2 Do not connect when using an external power-supply. RS1 (Note 6) Malfunction Zero speed detection Speed limit in effect Upper limit setting Analog torque command ±8V/maximum torque (in this wiring diagram, +8V/maximum torque) CN5A This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KA(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6). CN5B The 22kW or smaller capacity does not have connectors CN5A and CN5B. 7 8 9 SG 10 SG 20 Connector CN5A/CN5B connection 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 1, 2) RA1 RA2 RA3 VDD 3 COM ALM 13 ZSP VLC 19 6 P15R TC 11 12 LG 1 CON2 18 Connector CON2 is used only with the MR-J2S-11KA(4) or larger. Note that this is used for maker adjustments and nothing should be connected to it. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting Analog speed limit ±10V/rated speed (in this wiring diagram,+10V/rated speed) VLA SD 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 39 EMG 2 PLATE (Note 8) Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. EMG (emergency stop) contact must be closed. If it is not closed, operation will be impossible. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 8. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). Standard Wiring Diagram Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (3) 3-phase 200V 3.5kW or smaller (1) 1-phase 100V Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. NFB Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA1/B1/CP1/CL1 NFB MC Power-supply 1-phase 100 to 120VAC Servo amplifier MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL or smaller Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. MC TE1 TE1 L2 V W Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC L2 V L3 W L11 L11 L21 L21 The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Optional regeneration unit U L1 U L1 The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Optional regeneration unit TE2 P C P TE2 C D D Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. (4) 3-phase 200V 5, 7kW (2) 1-phase 230V Servo amplifier MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL or smaller Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. NFB NFB MC Power-supply 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1) The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Optional regeneration unit TE1 L1 Servo amplifier MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MC U L2 V L3 W L1 Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC V W L11 L21 TE2 U L3 L21 P TE1 L2 L11 TE2 C Optional regeneration unit C D Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. Always disconnect the connection to C and P when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. P N Note: 1. When using the 1-phase 230VAC, connect the power-supply to the L1 and L2 terminals, and do not connect anything to L3. The 1-phase 230VAC power supply can be used with the MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL or smaller servo amplifier. 40 Standard Wiring Diagram Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (5) 3-phase 200V and 3-phase 400V 11 to 22kW Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC NFB (7) 3-phase 400V 2kW or smaller Servo amplifier MR-J2S-11KA(4)/B(4) to MR-J2S-22KA(4)/B(4) NFB MC TE1 L1 L2 The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. L1 L3 TE2 The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. P P1 (Note 3) Optional regeneration unit Motor Servo thermal READY alarm protector EMG ON OFF RA1 RA2 Motor READY Servo thermal alarm protector EMG ON OFF RA1 RA2 MC MC MC MC SK 24VDC powersupply Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. MC (Note 8) RA2 COM VDD ALM SE SG DC reactor (option) Thermal 13 12 8 3 5 0V • L21 P N TE1 U NFB P C G4 L1 G3 Optional (Note 2) regeneration unit FAN R S Step-down Servo transformer alarm RA1 (Note 7) TE1 L2 L3 U V W V W (Note 10) CN5A CN5 MR-J2HBUSMM cable P1 (Note 4) P2 P C P Servo amplifier MR-J2S-350A4 to 700A4 MC Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC Terminator MR-A-TM The servo amplifier could be damaged if the optional regeneration unit is incorrectly connected. C Optional regeneration unit Step-down transformer CN5B (Note 5) Motor READY Servo thermal alarm protector EMG ON OFF RA1 RA2 MC Thermal Always disconnect the connection across P-D when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. 24V • L11 Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. Servo amplifier MR-J2S-30A(4)/B(4) or larger CN1 (Note 9) D (8) 3-phase 400V 3.5 to 7kW (6) 3-phase 200V and 3-phase 400V 30kW or larger NFB C CNP2 CNP4 L21 P converter N unit L1 L2 L3 P L11 N L21 V W SK L11 Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC CNP1 U P Step-down transformer N Step-down (Note 7) transformer CNP3 L2 W C (Note 1) Optional regeneration unit MC Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC U V L3 Servo amplifier MR-J2S-200A4 or smaller Create a sequence that cuts off the MC when an alarm or emergency stop occurs. C G4 G3 Optional (Note 2) regeneration unit FAN R S P MC C G4 G3 Optional (Note 2) regeneration unit FAN R S Always disconnect the connection to C and P when connecting the optional regeneration unit externally. SK TE2 TE3 24VDC powersupply 24V • L11 0V • L21 L11 (Note 6) L21 Converter Motor thermal READY protector alarm ON RA3 EMG OFF RA2 MC P N MC SK Notes: 1. The 11kW or larger capacity does not have a built-in regenerative resistor. 2. This is for the MR-RB137 (for 200V) and MR-RB138-4 (for 400V). For the MR-RB137 and MR-RB138-4, one set contains three units (tolerable wattage 3900W). 3. Remove the short bar across P-P1 when using the DC reactor. Do not remove the short bar when using the optional regeneration unit. 4. Remove the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor. 5. Always connect the terminator (MR-A-TM) to CN5B. 6. The phases of the power-supply connected to L11 and L21 on the converter unit and servo amplifier must always match the phases connected to L1 and L2. An incorrect connection could damage the servo amplifier. 7. This is for the 400V. The 200V does not require a step-down transformer. 8. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amp to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 9. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 200mA. If it exceeds 200mA, supply interface power from an external source. 10. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 41 Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN2 connection examples (9) HC-KFS, MFS, UFS3000r/min series Servomotor HC-KFS, MFS, UFS3000r/min series Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) L1 TE1 U U L2 V L3 W 1 V 2 SM W 3 4 Electromagnetic brake B1 5 24VDC CN2 P5 11 LG 20 P5 12 LG 6 (Note 1) EMG Shut off when the servo (Note 2) ON signal turns OFF and when alarm signal is issued. 18 P5 7 P5 7 P5 2 LG 8 LG 8 LG 7 MR 1 MR 1 MR 17 MRR 2 MRR 2 MRR 6 MD 4 MD 4 MD 16 MDR 5 MDR 5 MDR 9 BAT 3 BAT 3 BAT 1 LG 9 SD 9 SD PLATE SD 6 CNT 6 CNT Encoder 19 B2 Bold line should be connected only to make an absolute system. (10) HC-SFS, LFS, RFS, UFS2000r/min series and HA-LFS502, 702 Servomotor HC-SFS, LFS, RFS, UFS2000r/min series HA-LFS502, 702 Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA(4)/B/CP/CL L1 TE1 U U L2 V L3 W A V B SM W C D Electromagnetic brake B1 G 24VDC B2 CN2 19 P5 11 LG 20 P5 12 LG (Note 1) H (Note 2) Shut off when the servo ON signal turns OFF and when alarm signal is issued. 18 P5 S 2 LG R 7 MR C 17 MRR D 6 MD A 16 MDR B 9 BAT F 1 LG G PLATE SD Encoder EMG N Bold line should be connected only to make an absolute system. M 42 Notes: 1. Refer to "MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details. 2. This is for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. The polarity of the power-supply connected to the electromagnetic brake is irrelevant. A separate connector from the motor power connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for the HC-SFS121B to 301B, 202(4)B to 702(4)B, 203B, 353B, HC-LFS202B, 302B, HC-UFS202B to 502B motors. Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN2 connection examples (11) HA-LFS601, 701M, 801(4) and HA-LFS11kW or larger Servomotor HA-LFS601, 701M, 801(4) and HA-LFS11kW or larger Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA(4)/B(4)/CP/CL U L1 L2 L3 TE1 U (Note 4) V SM V W W C P B1 N 24VDC EMG B2 (Note 2) Electromagnetic brake Shut off when the servo ON signal turns OFF and when alarm signal is issued. P5 11 LG 20 P5 12 LG (Note 1) 18 P5 S 2 LG R 7 MR C 17 MRR D 6 MD A 16 MDR B 9 BAT F 1 LG G PLATE SD Encoder CN2 19 N Bold line should be connected only to make an absolute system. M NFB BU BV BW FAN (Note 3) OHS1 OHS2 Servomotor Thermal G3 Do not apply a voltage exceeding 100V to each thermal contact. Regenerative option Thermal RA3 G4 +24V DC reactor Thermal 24VDC power-supply Notes: 1. Refer to "MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details. 2. This is for the motor with an electromagnetic brake. The polarity of the power-supply connected to the electromagnetic brake is irrelevant. A separate connector from the motor power connector is prepared as an electromagnetic brake connector for the HA-LFS601B to 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B, 701MB to 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B, 11K2(4)B to 22K2(4)B motors. 3. Always supply power to the fan terminal. The power-supply differs according to the motor. Refer to "Cooling fan power supply" section under the Servomotor Specifications in this catalog, and supply the required power. 4. For the MR-J2S-30KA(4)/B(4) or larger, the terminal L1, L2, L3, C, P and N are attached to the converter unit. 43 Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN3/CN4 connection examples (12) MR-J2S-700A (4)/CP/CL or smaller (13) MR-J2S-11KA (4) or larger Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A1/A4/CP/CP1/CL/CL1 CN3 12 11 T XD LG 2 R XD 1 LG Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA/A4 RS-232C (Note 1) RD GND SD GND Personal computer running Microsoft Windows (Note 2) CN3 12 11 TXD LG 2 R XD 1 LG (Note 1) RD GND SD GND (Note 2) RS-422 (Note 1) (Note 1) 9 SDP RDP 9 SDP RDP 19 SDN RDN SDP 19 SDN 5 RDP RDN SDP 15 RDN 1 LG 11 LG 10 TRE PLATE SD 5 RDP 15 RDN 1 LG SDN GND 11 LG GND 10 TRE (Note 3) 30 meters (98.43 ft) max. Monitor output Maximum +1mA total Double oscillation (±10V output) 4 MO1 3 LG 14 MO2 13 PLATE A 10kΩ Monitor output 2 10kΩ LG SD (Note 4) Monitor output 1 A (Note 5) 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. Personal computer running Microsoft Windows 15 meters (49.21 ft) max. 15 meters (49.21 ft) max. RS-422 RS-232C CN4 1 MO1 2 MO2 4 LG SDN GND GND (Note 3) (Note 5) 30 meters (98.43 ft) max. Monitor output Maximum +1mA total Double oscillation (±10V output) A Monitor output 1 10kΩ A Monitor output 2 10kΩ 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. Notes: 1. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. 2. Always use a shielded multicore cable up to a maximum of 15 meters (49.21 ft) in a low noise environment. However, if the RS-232C communication is set up with a baud rate of more than 38400bps, keep length to 3m (9.84 ft). 3. In the final axis, connect between TRE and RDN. 4. Use the maintenance relay card (MR-J2CN3TM) when connecting the analog monitor output 1 (MO1), analog monitor output 2 (MO2) and a personal computer. 5. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 44 Amplifier Dimensions ●MR-J2S-10A/B/CP/CL, 20A/B/CP/CL, 10A1/B1/CP1/CL1, 20A1/B1/CP1/CL1 6 (0.24) 70 (2.76) 50 (1.97) 6 (0.24) 20 (0.79) ø6 (0.236) mounting hole MITSUBISHI Unit: mm (inch) (Note) 135 (5.31) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) MITSUBISHI Display setting section cover TE1 OPEN OPEN L1 C N 1 B U V W For 1-phase 100VAC Name plate C N 2 ( C N 3 ) TE1 L2 L3 V C N 1 B C N 3 U V W W Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) 6 (0.24) M4 screws TE1 L1 L2 L3 Terminal cover U C N 1 A C N 2 E N C ) E N C L1 7 (0.28) 6 (0.24) L2 ( 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) C N 1 A For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC Three ground (PE) terminals (M4) PE terminal TE2 D C P L21 L11 4 (0.16) ●MR-J2S-40A/B/CP/CL, 60A/B/CP/CL, 40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 70 (2.76) 20 (0.79) 70 (2.76) 22 (0.87) 6 (0.24) ø6 (0.236) mounting hole MITSUBISHI (Note) 135 (5.31) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) MITSUBISHI Display setting section cover TE1 OPEN L1 C N 1 B For 1-phase 100VAC ( C N 3 7 (0.28) 6 (0.24) TE1 L2 L3 V 6 (0.24) Three ground (PE) terminals (M4) PE terminal ●MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL (-UM), 100A/B/CP/CL 70 (2.76) 22 (0.87) TE2 D C P L21 L11 (Note) 20 (0.79) 70 (2.76) MITSUBISHI 190 (7.48) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) MITSUBISHI Display setting section cover OPEN C N 1 B Name plate C N 3 6 (0.24) 7 (0.28) Terminal cover U V W Space required for heat radiation 6 (0.24) (40 mm (1.57) min.) Note: The outline drawings for the MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 are the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). C N 1 B C N 3 M4 screws TE1 L1 L2 L3 U V W TE2 D C P L21 L11 N Three ground (PE) terminals (M4) 6 (0.24) 45 ) ) TE1 L1 L2 L3 22 42 (0.87) (1.65) C N 1 A C N 2 E N C ( ( 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) OPEN C N 1 A C N 2 E N C TE1 For 3-phase 200VAC or 1-phase 230VAC Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) 4 (0.16) ø6 (0.236) mounting hole M4 screws U V W W 6 (0.24) C N 3 L1 L2 L3 Terminal cover U C N 1 B ) ) E N C L1 C N 1 A C N 2 E N C U V W Name plate C N 2 OPEN L2 ( 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) C N 1 A Amplifier Dimensions ●MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL, 350A/B/CP/CL ø6 (0.236) mounting 6 (0.24) hole 70 (2.76) 20 (0.79) 90 (3.54) 78 (3.07) 6 (0.24) Unit: mm (inch) (Note) MITSUBISHI 195 (7.68) Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) 6 (0.24) MITSUBISHI Display setting section cover OPEN OPEN C N 1 B C N 2 Name plate ( C N 3 M4 screws Fan (airflow direction) C N 1 B C N 2 E N C C N 3 ) TE2 ) E N C C N 1 A ( 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) C N 1 A TE2 L11 L21 D P C N L11 TE1 L1 L2 L3 U FAN V W L21 L1 D L2 Space required for heat radiation (40 mm (1.57) min.) 2-ø6 (0.236) mounting hole Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) L1 L2 L3 C P N U V W OPEN C N 1 B PE OPEN TE1 C N 1 A C N 1 B C N 2 E N C L11 C N 3 ) Name plate MITSUBISHI ( C N 3 ) 235 (9.25) TE1 W 200 (7.87) Display setting section cover ( 250 (9.84) V terminals (M4) 5 (0.20) MITSUBISHI C N 2 E N C U Three ground (PE) 6 (0.24) C N 1 A L3 N 350A4, 500A4 70 (2.76) 130 (5.12) 118 (4.65) 7.5 (0.30) 6 (0.24) (Note), 20 (0.79) ●MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL C P TE2 L21 TE1 TE2 For 200V type <Screw size> TE1 M4 TE2 M3.5 PE M4 ●MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL 2-ø6 (0.236) mounting hole 10 (0.39) 0V • L21 FAN TE2 For 400V type 6 (0.24) Fan (airflow direction) (Note), 700A4 70 (2.76) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 10 (0.39) 20 (0.79) 7.5 (0.30) FAN 24V • L11 200 (7.87) 138 (5.43) 62 (2.44) Terminal diagram (with terminal cover open) 6 (0.24) 7.5 (0.30) L11 Display setting section cover MITSUBISHI Name plate C N 1 B OPEN Name plate C N 3 24V • L11 C N 1 A C N 2 E N C ( ( ) 0V • L21 ) C N 1 A C N 2 E N C MITSUBISHI L21 TE2 For 200V type OPEN C N 1 B C N 3 TE2 350 (13.78) 335 (13.19) TE2 For 400V type L1 L2 L3 C P N U V W TE1 PE <Screw size> 7.5 (0.30) FAN TE1 TE1 M4 TE2 M3.5 PE M4 6 (0.24) Fan (airflow direction) Note: The outline drawings for the MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 are the same as the MR-J2S-MCP (1). 46 Amplifier Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) 12 (0.47) ●MR-J2S-11KA/B, 15KA/B, 22KA/B, 11KA4/B4, 15KA4/B4, 22KA4/B4 2-ø12 (0.472) mounting hole 75 (2.95) Fan (airflow direction) FAN TE1 MITSUBISHI L1 L2 L3 U V W P1 P C N CN4 TE2 376 (14.8) TE2 L11 L21 CON2 Screw size: M4 12 (0.47) CHARGE 400 (15.75) CN2 C N 3 C N 1 A C N 1 B Screw size: M6 (For MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) or MR-J2S-15KA (4)/B (4)) Screw size: M8 (For MR-J2S-22KA (4)/B (4)) TE1 PE terminals 12 (0.47) 12 (0.47) 12 (0.47) A Screw size: M6 (For MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) or MR-J2S-15KA (4)/B (4)) Screw size: M8 (For MR-J2S-22KA (4)/B (4)) Variable dimensions Model 260 (10.24) 3.9 (0.15) B A 236 (9.29) 260 (10.24) MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 326 (12.83) 350 (13.78) ●MR-J2S-60A4, 100A4, 200A4 2-ø6 (0.236) mounting hole 90 (3.54) 78 (3.07) 6 (0.24) 6 (0.24) 70 (2.76) 195 (7.68) CNP1 L1 L2 L3 MITSUBISHI 400V class CNP2 CHARGE P C D N 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) OPEN L1 C N 1 A C N 1 B C N 2 E N C C N 3 L2 L3 P ( C D Name plate ) N U 24V L11 V W 0V L21 6 (0.24) Note: The connector CNP1, CNP2, CNP3 and CNP4 are supplied with the amplifier. 47 B MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 CNP3 U V W CNP4 24V · L11 0V · L21 Amplifier Dimensions Unit: mm (inch) 10 (0.39) ●MR-J2S-30KA/B, 37KA/B, 30KA4/B4~55KA4/B4 2-ø12 (0.472) mounting hole 75 (2.95) FAN (airflow direction) 20 (0.79) Protective cover TE1 U V W Screw size: M10 TE2-2 TE2-1 L11 L21 TE1 Screw size: M3 TE2-1 TE2-2 P N CON2 10 (0.39) TE3 CN5A L11 L21 CN5B CN2 C N 3 C N 1 A C N 1 B 480 (18.9) CN4 500 (19.69) TE3 CHARGE Screw size: M10 Screw size: M10 12 (0.47) A 45 (1.77) Variable dimensions Model 300 (11.81) 3.2 (0.13) 125 (4.92) 175 (6.89) B ●Converter unit MR-HP30KA, MR-HP55KA4 A 290 (11.42) 380 (14.96) MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 360 (14.17) 450 (17.72) ●Mounting dimensions Protective cover 75 (2.95) Unit: mm (inch) Dedicated connection conductor 8-M10 screw FAN (airflow direction) 480 (18.9) Converter unit Servo amp TE3 TE1-2 12 (0.47) 110 (4.33) 45 (1.77) 45 45 (1.77) 110 (4.33) (1.77) 20 (0.79) 45 (1.77) W1 200 (7.87) TE1-1 P1 P2 P C Screw size: M10 TE1-2 L1 L2 L3 Screw size: M10 TE2-1 TE2-2 P N TE3 L11 L21 Servo amp model Screw size: M3 Screw size: M10 Variable dimensions W1 Screw size: M10 45 (1.77) W2 10 (0.39) 300 (11.81) 3.2 (0.13) 175 (6.89) 200 (7.87) 125 (4.92) 45 (1.77) 10 (0.39) TE1-1 500 (19.69) 480 (18.9) TE2-2 500 (19.69) TE2-1 10 (0.39) Unit: mm (inch) 2-ø12 (0.472) mounting hole B MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 10 (0.39) 45 (1.77) W2 MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 380 (14.96) 290 (11.42) MR-J2S-30KA/B, 37KA/B MR-J2S-37KA4/B4, 45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 450 (17.72) 360 (14.17) 48 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MB) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to MR-J2S-B as described below. Connectors, cables, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up MR-J2S-B easily and begin using it right away. Through its SSCNET-compatible one-touch connections, MR-J2S-B series reduce the number of wires and the chances of wiring errors. Positioning controllers Motion controllers A171SH Max. 4-axis control A172SH Max. 8-axis control A173UH Max. 32-axis control A273UH Max. 32-axis control Q172 Max. 8-axis control Q173 Max. 32-axis control AD75M Max. 3-axis control A1SD75M Max. 3-axis control QD75M Max. 4-axis control Controllers for the SSCNET are shown at left. Choose the unit that fits the size of your system. Battery compartment (option) A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Display panel Connector Displays servo amplifier status and alarm numbers. SSCNET Used to select an axis. Axis setting section Terminal connector (option) Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB <With front cover open> CN1B CN1A CN1B CN1A CN3 CN2 Connector CN1B for connecting SSCNET (Next) Connects the next axis servo-amp or terminal connector (MR-A-TM). Motor C Personal computer P CN1A for connecting SSCNET (Previous) Connects the controller for the SSCNET or the previous axis servo-amp. Regeneration unit (option) Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”. Charge lamp Illuminates when the main-circuitpower-supply is on. Do not plug/ unplug power lines when this lamp is on. CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) Connects the unit to user’s personal computer, enabling user to monitor conditions, display graphs, and perform test operation. MR Configurator (setup software) and dedicated cable are available also. Note: Refer to page 34 for the connection with the peripheral device with the MR-J2S-350B or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500B or larger and the MR-J2S-11KB4 (400V type) or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram. 49 Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-B (100V/200V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S- 10B 20B 40B 70B 700B 37KB 60B (-UM) 100B 200B 350B 500B (-UM) 11KB 15KB 22KB 30KB (-UM) 10B1 20B1 40B1 Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply — Voltage/frequency 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz Permissible voltage fluctuation 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. ±5% max. Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption (W) Maincircuit power supply Voltage/frequency (Note 1) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Servo-amp Permissible frequency fluctuation Dynamic brake Safety features Built-in (Note 3) Ambient temperature Ambient humidity EnvironAtmosphere ment Elevation Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Approximately 10Mpps Converter unit Voltage/frequency (Note 1) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max. 0.7 0.7 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 2.0 2.0 4.9 7.2 15 16 20 47 47 0.7 0.7 1.1 (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) (2.4) (3.7) (3.7) (4.4) (4.4) (10.8) (15.9) (33) (35.3) (44.1) (103.5) (103.5) (1.5) (1.5) (2.4) — 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz — (Note 2) — 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. 1-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. — 50 — — 22 (48.5) — Permissible voltage fluctuation — Permissible frequency fluctuation — Voltage/frequency Controlcircuit Permissible voltage power fluctuation supply Permissible frequency fluctuation — Power consumption (W) Mass Self-cooling, open (IP00) Fan cooling, open (IP00) 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) Oscillation (kg [lb]) Built-in (Note 3) External option Self-cooling, open (IP00) Structure The servo 1-phase 100 to 120VAC amplifier’s 50/60Hz (Note 2) main circuit power is 1-phase 85 to 127VAC supplied 50/60Hz from the converter ±5% max. unit. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Maximum command input at the position control Maincircuit power supply 50 50 Control system Mass — MR-HP30KA (kg [lb]) — — — — — — Notes: 1. Rated output capacity and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MB-ED or MR-J2S-MB1-ED), special compliance is possible. 50 Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-B (400V) type Servo-amp model MR-J2S- 11KB4 (-UM) Servo-amp Converter unit model Controlcircuit power supply Voltage/frequency Permissible voltage fluctuation Permissible frequency fluctuation Power consumption (W) Maincircuit power supply Voltage/frequency (Note 1) 15KB4 (-UM) 22KB4 (-UM) 37KB4 (-UM) — 45KB4 55KB4 MR-HP55KA4 1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. 50 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation 3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz Permissible frequency fluctuation ±5% max. The servo amplifier’s main circuit power is supplied from the converter unit. Control system Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Dynamic brake External option Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Approximately 10Mpps Maximum command input at the position control Fan cooling, open (IP00) Structure 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) Ambient temperature 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Ambient humidity EnvironAtmosphere ment Elevation Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max. Oscillation Mass Converter unit 30KB4 (-UM) Maincircuit power supply (kg [lb]) 16 (35.3) 20 (44.1) 36 (79.3) 47 (103.5) 47 (103.5) Voltage/frequency (Note 1) — 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz Permissible voltage fluctuation — Permissible frequency fluctuation — ±5% max. Voltage/frequency — 1-phase 380 to 480VAC 50/60Hz — 1-phase 323 to 528VAC 50/60Hz — ±5% max. ControlPermissible voltage fluctuation circuit power Permissible frequency fluctuation supply Power consumption (W) Mass 15 (33) (kg [lb]) — 50 — 22 (48.5) 47 (103.5) Notes: 1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 51 Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MB (1)/MR-J2S-MB (4) type ● Connection Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB/B1/B4 Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (6) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. Main-circuit power supply Control-circuit power supply (Note 5) CN2 L1 L2 L3 Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. L11 L21 MR-BAT (Note 5) Mount the optional battery (MR-BAT) when using with the absolute system. CN3 Connector CN3 connection CON1 The connection differs according to the servo amplifier. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection examples (14) and (15) in the next page. Connect the cable between the controller and amplifier to the CN1A connector. Controller CN4 Connector CN4 connection CN1A (Note 1) MR-J2HBUSMM-A cable for A171SH, A172SH, A173UH, A273UH, AD75M, A1SD75M MR-J2HBUSMM cable for QD75M This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KB(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection example (15) in the next page. The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CN4. (Note 5) Cable clamp CON2 ●A171SH ●A172SH ●A173UH ●A273UH ●AD75M ●A1SD75M ●QD75M ●Q172 (Note 2) ●Q173 Connector CN5A/CN5B connection This is used only with the MR-J2S-30KB(4) or larger. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection example (6) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. The 22kW or smaller capacity do not have connectors CN5A and CN5B. Connector CON2 connection CN5A This is used only with the MR-J2S-11KB(4) or larger. →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection example (15) in the next page. The 7kW or smaller capacity does not have connector CON2. CN5B CN1B CS1 MR-J2HBUSMM cable (Note 5) 0 (Note 6) (Note 3) 1 Servo-amp MR-J2S-MB/B1/B4 (nth axis) CS1 (Note 5) Always insert the terminator (MR-A-TM) into the CN1B at the end of the servo bus. CN1B CN1A MR-J2HBUSMM cable CN1B CN1A Servo-amp MR-J2S-MB/B1/B4 (2nd axis) CS1 (Note 5) (Note 4) (Note 3) n-1 Notes: 1. The total length of the MR-J2HBUSMM-A and MR-J2HBUSMM cable must be kept to within 30m. Use of a cable clamp or data line filter (three or four connected in serial) near the connector lead-out port is recommended to increase the noise resistance. 2. Refer to “MOTION CONTROLLER Q SERIES (L(NA)03014)” for details on the cable connected between Q172/Q173 and the amplifier. 3. The motor side connections for the second and following axes are omitted from the above diagram. 4. Up to eight axes (n=1 to 8) can be connected. The MR-HMBN type servo can also be connected to the same bus. (Note that the cable differs in this case.) 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). 52 Standard Wiring Diagram Connector CN3/CN4/CON2 connection examples (14) MR-J2S-700B or smaller (15) MR-J2S-11KB(4) or larger Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB/B1 Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MB/B4 CN3 12 TxD 11 LG 2 RxD 1 LG Personal computer running Microsoft Windows RS-232C RD GND SD GND (Note 1) 12 TxD 11 LG 2 RxD 1 LG RD GND SD GND (Note 1) 15 meters (49.21 ft) max. 20 EM1 3 SG 13 MBR 5 COM 10 VDD 4 MO1 1 LG 14 MO2 11 LG 6 LA 16 LAR 7 LB 17 LBR 8 LZ 18 LZR PLATE SD Personal computer running Microsoft Windows RS-232C CN3 15 meters (49.21 ft) max. Forced emergency stop EMG (Note 4) 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. RA1 Electromagnetic brake interlock (Note 5) Maximum +1mA total Double oscillation (±10V output) A LA LAR 7 LB 17 LBR 8 LZ 18 LZR PLATE SD Monitor output 1 10kΩ A Always connect across VDD-COM. Do not use an external power supply. 6 16 Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) (Note 3) 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) (Note 3) 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Monitor output Maximum +1mA total CN4 Double oscillation (±10V output) (Note 2) Monitor output 2 10kΩ 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) 1 MO1 2 MO2 4 LG A Monitor output 1 10kΩ A Monitor output 2 10kΩ 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. CON2 (Note 4) 2 EM1 1 SG 3 MBR RA1 RA2 4 DB 18 COM 15 VDD Forced stop (Note 5) Magnetic brake interlock External dynamic brake Always connect. Notes: 1. Always use a shielded multicore cable up to a maximum of 15 meters (49.21 ft) in a low noise environment. However, if the RS-232C communication is set up with a baud rate of more than 38400bps, keep length to 3m (9.84 ft). 2. Use the maintenance relay card (MR-J2CN3TM) when connecting the analog monitor output 1 (MO1), analog monitor output 2 (MO2) and a personal computer. 3. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 4. Independent forced emergency stop for each servo-amplifier of each axis. Use this as necessary when AD75M, A1SD75M, QD75M, Q172 or Q173 is connected. Do not use this when A171SH, A172SH, A173UH or A273UH is connected. When not used, please short-circuit EM1-SG in the connecter. PIease execute overall system emergency stop on controller’s side. According to parameter No.23, forced emergency stop input can be cancelled. 5. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amp to malfunction so that signals are not output. 53 Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCP) Features ● Settings such as positioning data (target positions), motor speed, and acceleration/deceleration times can be set in a point table with the feel of parameters. ● You can position using DI/O easily. ● Allows multi-drop operation (up to 32 axes) using RS-422 serial communications. System configuration Simple positioning using DI/O Positioning operation is executed using built in digital I/O while monitoring with a personal computer. MR-J2S-MCP (1) Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) Input signals Point table No. selection 5bits CN1A CN1B Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) Start signal etc. Output signals Ready CN1A RA Positioning complete etc. RS-232C cable RA MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later Personal computer CN2 CN3 External digital display (MR-DP60) RS-422 cable Serial communication operation by RS-422 Connecting servo amplifiers in the multi-drop configuration to perform positioning operation. Each servo amplifier can be started from the master controller. The RS-422 protocol communication specifications have been released, so the user can create a program. The monitor and parameter settings can be made with the MR Configurator (setup software), MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1), using a personal computer. (Max. 32-axis) MR-J2S-MCP(1) CN1A CN1B Emergency stop, etc. Master controller RS-232C/RS-422 converter CN2 CN3 MR-J2S-MCP(1) MR-J2S-MCP(1) CN1A CN1B Emergency stop, etc. CN2 CN3 CN1A CN1B Emergency stop, etc. CN2 CN3 Personal computer MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later Note:1. The external digital display (MR-DP60) cannot be used for serial communication operation based on RS-422 or RS-232C. Communications specifications The RS-422 (RS-232C) specifications are as follows. • Baud rate: 9600, 19200, 38400 or 57600 asynchronous. • Transfer code: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit, 1 stop bit. • Transfer protocol: Character system, half-duplex communication. Parity bit Stop bit Start bit Data bits 1 frame 54 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCP) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to the MR-J2S-CP as described below. Connectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up the MR-J2S-CP easily and begin using it right away. Battery compartment (option) Power-supply 3-phase 200-230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1) A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Not required when using as an incremental system. Display panel Displays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms. No-fuse circuit breaker (NFB) Control signal (option) Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons. Used to protect the power supply line. Servo amplifier MR-J2S- CP (Note 4) Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) All signals can be connected easily at this terminal block without a connection to CN1A or CN1B. Control signal connector (Note 3) Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) CN1A Magnetic contactor (MC) (Note 2) Used to turn off the servoamp’s power when an alarm has been triggered. CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) CN1B MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP 151E or later CN3 R S T Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BAL) CN2 (Note 2) X Y Z L1 CN3 for RS-422 communication (option) L2 U L3 V W TE2 Type 3 ground or above External digital display (MR-DP60) D <With front cover open> L21 L11 Regeneration unit (option) Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”. C P HC- FS servomotor and encoder (Above picture is HC-KFS23.) 55 Notes: 1. If a 1-phase power-supply (230VAC) is used, please connect to terminals L1 and L2. Nothing should be connected to L3. 2. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. RS-422 communication is possible with parameter switching. The RS-422 communication cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 3. The manual pulse generator cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 4. The connection with the peripheral devices shown above is for the MR-J2S-350CP or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500CP or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram. Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-CP type Servo-amp model MR-J2SVoltage/frequency (Note 1) Power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation 10CP 20CP 40CP 60CP 70CP (-UM) 100CP 200CP 350CP 500CP 700CP (-UM) 10CP1 20CP1 40CP1 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Permissible frequency fluctuation Control system Dynamic brake Built-in (Note 3) Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Positions according to the specification of the point table No. (31 points) Command method Operating specification Input point table number Set in point table. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm. Input positioning command Set in point table. Acceleration/deceleration time constant is set in point table. S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constant is set by parameter 14. Input speed command Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system. System Positioning by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication data. Operating specification Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm. Input positioning command Input position Input speed command data Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Acceleration/deceleration time constant also set by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. S-pattern acceleration/deceleration time constant is set by parameter 14. Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system. System Point table number input and position data input system. Each positioning operation based on position and speed commands. Automatic Point table operation mode Automatic continuous operation JOG Operating mode Manual operation Manual pulse generator mode Speed changing operation (2 to 31 speeds), automatic continuous positioning operation (2 to 31 points) Inches upon contact input or RS-422 (RS-232C) communication based on speed commands set by a parameter. Manual feed by manual pulse generator. Command pulse ratio: Selectable ✕1, ✕10, or ✕100 by the parameter. Dog system Returns to origin upon Z phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Count system Returns to origin upon sensor pulse count after touching near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin without dog. Set any position as the origin using manual operation or the like. Settable origin address. Data set system Manual home position return mode Returns to origin upon hitting end of stroke. Selectable direction for return to origin. Settable origin address. Impact system Ignore origin (Servo-on position as origin position) Uses position where the servo on signal (SON) becomes ON as origin. Settable origin address. Dog system rear end reference Returns to origin with respect to the rear end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Count system front end reference Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog by the first Z-phase pulse. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Dog cradle system Structure Self-cooling, open (IP00) Ambient temperature Environment Ambient humidity Self-cooling, open (IP00) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere 1000 meters or less above sea level/5.9m/s2 max. Elevation/oscillation Mass (kg [lb]) Fan cooling, open (IP00) 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.1 (2.4) 1.1 (2.4) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.0 (4.4) 2.0 (4.4) 4.9 (10.8) 7.2 (15.9) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) Notes:1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MCP-ED or MR-J2S-MCP1-ED), special compliance is possible. 1.1 (2.4) 56 Command Method MR-J2S-CP (built-in positioning function) command method The following two types of command methods are available. Input point table number Input position data Operating specification Input positioning command Input speed command System Operating specification Input positioning command Input speed command System Positions according to the specification of the point table No. (31 points) Set in point table. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm. Set in point table. Acceleration/deceleration time is set in point table. S-curve acceleration/deceleration constant is set by parameter 14. Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system. Positioning by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication data. Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Feed length for 1 point settable between ±1µm and ±999.999mm. Setting by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. Acceleration/deceleration time also set by RS-422 (RS-232C) communication. S-curve acceleration/deceleration constant is set by parameter 14. Signed absolute value command system, increment value command system, signed absolute value command/incremental value command specification system. Point table: The following three types of point tables are available. (1) Absolute value command method: The axis moves to the address (absolute value) based on the zero point. Setting range Unit –999999 to 999999 ✕10STMµm 0 to permissible r/min Acceleration time constant 0 to 20000 ms Sets the acceleration time constant. Deceleration time constant 0 to 20000 ms Sets the deceleration time constant. Dwell time 0 to 20000 ms Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. Item Position data Servomotor speed Description Point Servo- Acceler- DecelerPosition Dwell Auxiliary table motor ation time ation time data time function No. speed constant constant Sets the address. STM is the ratio to the data. Sets the command speed for the servomotor used for positioning. 1 2 : 31 — 0 to 1 1: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping. ●Auxiliary function 1 Position address Start signal 0 point table No.1 point table No.2 1000 Position address Start signal 2000 0 1000 Setting range Unit 0 to 999999 ✕10STMµm 0 to permissible r/min Acceleration time constant 0 to 20000 ms Sets the acceleration time constant. Deceleration time constant 0 to 20000 ms Sets the deceleration time constant. Dwell time 0 to 20000 ms Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. 0 to 1 — Sets the command speed for the servomotor used for positioning. 1 2 : 31 1: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping. Description –999999 to 999999 ✕10STMµm • Using as the absolute value command method Sets the address. STM is the ratio to the data. • Using as the incremental value command method Set the movement amount. STM is the ratio to the data. Servomotor speed 0 to permissible r/min Acceleration time constant 0 to 20000 ms Sets the acceleration time constant. Deceleration time constant 0 to 20000 ms Sets the deceleration time constant. Dwell time 0 to 20000 ms Runs the next point table after the set dwell time. — • Using as the absolute value command method 0: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 1: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping. • Using as the incremental value command method 2: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). 3: Continues operation for the next point table without stopping. Position data Auxiliary function 0 to 3 Sets the command speed for the servomotor used for positioning. ●Auxiliary function 1 or 3 Speed Position address Start signal Speed 0 1000 2000 Position address Start signal point table No.1 Absolute value command 0 200 100 : 100 200 100 : 100 0 0 : 0 1 0 : 0 (Example of setting (3) point table data) Point Servo- Acceler- DecelerPosition Dwell Auxiliary table motor ation time ation time data time function No. speed constant constant 1 2 : 31 1000 2000 1000 1600 : : 3000 3000 1000 200 100 : 100 200 100 : 100 0 0 : 0 1 2 : 2 If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 1 or 3, continuous positioning is carried out based on the point table as shown in the “●Auxiliary function 1 or 3” below. If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 0 or 2, a start signal must be issued as shown in “●Auxiliary function 0 or 2” below. ●Auxiliary function 0 or 2 point table point table No.2 No.1 Absolute value Incremental value command command 57 1000 2000 1000 1600 : : 500 3000 If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 1, continuous positioning is carried out based on the point table as shown in the “●Auxiliary function 1” above. If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 0, a start signal must be issued as shown in “●Auxiliary function 0” above. Unit Setting range 2000 Point Servo- Acceler- DecelerPosition Dwell Auxiliary table motor ation time ation time data time function No. speed constant constant Set the movement amount. (3) Absolute value command/incremental command designation method: The absolute value and incremental value are designated with the point table. Item 1 0 : 0 (Example of setting (2) point table data) Description 0: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). Auxiliary function 0 0 : 0 point table No.2 (2) Incremental value command method: The axis moves from the current value according to the set position data Servomotor speed 200 100 : 100 Speed point table No.1 Position data 200 100 : 100 ●Auxiliary function 0 Speed Item 1000 2000 2000 1600 : : -1000 3000 If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 1, continuous positioning is carried out based on the point table as shown in the “●Auxiliary function 1” below. If the point table No.1’s auxiliary function is 0, a start signal must be issued as shown in “●Auxiliary function 0” below. 0: Positions and stops (waits for start signal). Auxiliary function (Example of setting (1) point table data) point table No.2 Incremental value command 2000 Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MCP (1) type ● Connection Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCP/CP1 Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply Main-circuit connection examples (1) to (4) of the standard power supply wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. Control-circuit power supply L1 L2 L3 L11 L21 (Note 5) CN2 (Note 4, 5) CN1A (Note 1, 2) Return to origin complete RA5 Near-point dog COM ZP 9 18 DOG SG 8 SG 10 20 LZ LZR LA LAR LB 15 6 16 7 LBR 17 LG OP P15R 1 14 4 Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. 10 meters max. Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) SD 5 PLATE 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 5) (Note 4, 5) CN3 CN1B (Note 3) Servo on Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end Automatic/manual selection Point table No. selection 1 Point table No. selection 2 Forward rotation start Reverse rotation start SON 15 LSP LSN 16 MD0 DI0 DI1 Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. (Note 1, 2) Phase match RA3 Positioning complete RA4 (Note 6) Malfunction RA1 Ready RA2 Connector CN3 connection →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (12) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. 17 7 5 14 ST1 ST2 8 9 SG 10 SG 20 VDD 3 COM 13 CPO 4 MEND ALM RD 6 18 P15R 11 19 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting (Note 9) (Note 7) Override Upper limit setting (Note 8) Analog torque limit VC 2 LG 1 TLA SD 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 12 PLATE (Note 10) Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. If using the override (VC), make the override selection (OVR) device available. 8. If using the analog torque limit (TLA), make the external torque limit selection (TL) device available. 9. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 10. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). 58 Features/Specifications (MR-J2S-MCP-S084) By using the CC-Link compatible servo amplifier “MR-J2S-MCP-SO84” and interface unit “MR-J2S-TO1”, positioning can be carried out just with simple point table settings. The AC servo can be used as the field network's drive source. Features ● Using the servo amplifier with built-in positioning function, the position data and speed data, etc., can be set via the CC-Link. ● Starting, stopping and monitor displays can also be communicated via CC-Link. ● Serial communication reduces wiring. ● An AC servo distributed control system can be easily structured. System configuration CC-Link MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 MR-J2S -T01 MR-J2S -T01 MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 CN10 CC-Link Master unit (Programmable controller) MR-J2S -T01 CN10 CN1A CN1B CN1A CN1B MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP161E CN30 Cable MR-J2HBUS05M CN40 (Max. 0.5m) Terminal resistor CN10 CN1A CN1B CN30 CN2 CN3 MR-J2S-MCP(1)-S084 CN2 CN3 CN30 CN2 CN3 CN40 CN40 Personal computer cable MR-JRPCATCBL3M Specifications (MR-J2S-CP-S084) Servo-amp model MR-J2S- Power supply 10CP -S084 20CP -S084 40CP -S084 60CP -S084 70CP -S084 (-UM) 100CP -S084 200CP -S084 350CP -S084 500CP -S084 700CP -S084 (-UM) 10CP1 -S084 20CP1 -S084 40CP1 -S084 Voltage/frequency (Note 1) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) Permissible voltage fluctuation 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Permissible frequency fluctuation Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Control system Dynamic brake Built-in Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Structure Self-cooling, open (IP00) Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Environment Fan cooling, open (IP00) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere 1000 meters or less above sea level Elevation 5.9m/s2 max. Oscillation Mass (kg [lb]) Self-cooling, open (IP00) 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.1 (2.4) 1.1 (2.4) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.0 (4.4) 2.0 (4.4) 4.9 (10.8) 7.2 (15.9) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.1 (2.4) Notes:1. Rated output capacity and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalogue. 59 Features/Specifications (MR-J2S-MCP-S084) Specifications (MR-J2S-T01) The CC-Link interface unit is compatible only with the MR-J2S-CP-S084 type. CC-Link interface unit model MR-J2S-T01 Power supply 5VDC supplied from servo amplifier Compatible CC-Link version Ver. 1.10 Compatible servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 Communication speed 10M/5M/2.5M/625K/156Kbps Communication method Broadcast poling method Synchronization method Frame synchronization method Coding method NRZI CC-Link Transmission path format Bus format (EIA RS-485 compliant) Error control method CRC (X16+X12+X5+1) Transmission format HDLC compliant Remote station number 1 to 64 Connection cable Communication speed Cable length Maximum cable total length Shielded 3-core twisted pair cable 156Kbps 625Kbps 2.5Mbps 5Mbps 10Mbps 1200m (3937.01 ft) 900m (2952.76 ft) 400m (1312.34 ft) 160m (524.93 ft) 100m (328.08 ft) Inter-station cable length Number of connected units Max. 0.2m (0.66 ft) Maximum 42 units only with remote device station (when occupying one station/unit), (maximum 32 units when occupying two stations/unit), use with other devices possible CC-Link error Safety features Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Environment Atmosphere 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Elevation 1000 meters or less above sea level 5.9m/s2 max. Oscillation Mass (kg [lb]) 0.3 (0.66) Positioning function CC-Link interface unit dimensions (1) Operation mode: Positioning with three command methods • Input point table number: Positioning is executed by designating the point table number. Refer to the previous page “MR-J2S-CP (built-in positioning function) command method” for details. • Positioning command, speed and acceleration/deceleration time constant point table number command: The position data is set via the CC-Link. Positioning is executed based on the designated point table number’s motor speed, acceleration time constant and deceleration time constant. • Position and speed command: The position data and motor speed are set via the CC-Link. Positioning is executed based on the acceleration time constant and deceleration time constant set in point table number 1. (2) Manual home position return mode The return to origin includes the “dog system”, “count system”, “data set system”, “impact system”, “ignore origin (servo ON position as origin position)”, “dog system rear end reference”, “count system front end reference” and “dog cradle system”. Refer to the previous page “MR-J2S-CP type Servo Amplifier Specifications” for details. ● MR-J2S-T01 Unit: mm (inch) 2-ø6 (0.24) mounting hole 6 (0.24) 25 (0.98) 6 (0.24) 70 (2.76) 135 (5.31) 6 (0.24) C N 1 0 3 C N 3 0 168 (6.61) 2 1 2 S W 156 (6.14) R S W 1 6 (0.24) C N 4 0 60 Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 type ● Connection Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (4) of the Main-circuit standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A power supply type in this catalog. Control-circuit power supply Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCP/ CP1-S084 L1 L2 L3 (Note 5) L11 L21 CN2 Connector CN2 connection The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. (Note 4, 5) CN1A (Note 1, 2) COM Return to origin complete ZP RA5 RA6 9 18 10 (Note 7) 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. CC-Link interface unit MR-J2S-T01 (Note 4, 5) CN1B CN40 RS-232C 4 1 TXD RD LG GND Forced emergency stop (Note 3) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end EMG 15 LSP LSN 16 2 RXD SD 3 SD GND Near point dog DOG 17 7 5 Personal computer cable MR-JRPCATCBL3M 14 (Note 7) 8 9 SG SG Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. (Note 1, 2) 3 COM 13 CPO 4 Phase match RA3 RA4 (Note 6) Malfunction RA1 MEND ALM RA2 RD 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 5) CN3 VDD Positioning complete Ready MRZJW3-SETUP161E 10 20 SD 6 18 CN30 CN10 CC-Link To master station, remote I/O station 19 PLATE Cable MR-J2HBUS05M 0.5 meters (1.64 ft) max. (Note 9) Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. The signals are not assigned in the default state. 8. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 9. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). 61 Features/System Configuration (MR-J2S-MCL) Features ● ● ● ● Positioning operation is performed in accordance to the program created by the user. Up to 16 programs or 120 steps per axis can be created. Multi-drop operation can be performed for up to 32 axes by serial communication. This product has advanced functions such as the high-level real-time auto tuning, machine resonance suppression filter, adaptive vibration suppression control, and machine analysis. Use the MR Configurator (setup software), MRZJW3-SETUP151E version E1 or later. ● By simply fitting the battery, you can configure an absolute system (linear axis compatibility). System configuration Simple positioning using DI/O Positioning operation is executed using built in digital I/O while monitoring with a personal computer. MR-J2S-MCL (1) Input signals Program No. selection (4bits) Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) CN1A CN1B Start signal etc. Output signals Ready RA In-position RA Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) CN1A etc. RS-232C cable MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1) Personal computer CN2CN3 External digital display (MR-DP60) RS-422 cable Serial communication operation by RS-422 Connecting servo amplifiers in the multi-drop configuration to perform positioning operation. Each servo amplifier can be started from the master controller. The RS-422 protocol communication specifications have been released, so the user can create a program. The monitor and parameter settings can be made with the MR Configurator (setup software), MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1), using a personal computer. (Max. 32-axis) MR-J2S-MCL(1) Forced CN1A CN1B emergency stop, etc. Master controller RS-232C/RS-422 converter CN2 CN3 MR-J2S-MCL(1) MR-J2S-MCL(1) Forced CN1A CN1B emergency stop, etc. CN2 CN3 Forced CN1A CN1B emergency stop, etc. CN2 CN3 Personal computer MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E or later (Note 1) Notes: 1. MR-J2S-MCL(1) is compatible with the MRZJW3-SETUP151E software version E1. 2. The external digital display (MR-DP60) cannot be used for serial communication operation based on RS-422 or RS-232C. Communications specifications The RS-422 (RS-232C) specifications are as follows. • Baud rate: 9600, 19200, 38400 or 57600 asynchronous. • Transfer code: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 parity bit, 1 stop bit. • Transfer protocol: Character system, half-duplex communication. Parity bit Stop bit Start bit Data bits 1 frame 62 Peripheral Equipment (MR-J2S-MCL) Connections with peripheral equipment Peripheral equipment is connected to the MR-J2S-CL as described below. Connectors, options, and other necessary equipment are available so that users can set up the MR-J2S-CL easily and begin using it right away. Battery compartment (option) Power-supply 3-phase 200-230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC (Note 1) A battery (MR-BAT) is installed in the holder when using as an absolute system. Not required when using as an incremental system. Display panel Displays monitoring data, parameters, and alarms. No-fuse circuit breaker (NFB) Control signal (option) Setting section Parameter settings and monitoring etc. are executed with push buttons. Used to protect the power supply line. Servo amplifier MR-J2S- CL (Note 4) Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) All signals can be connected easily at this terminal block without a connection to CN1A or CN1B. Control signal connector (Note 3) Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) CN1A Magnetic contactor (MC) (Note 2) Used to turn off the servoamp’s power when an alarm has been triggered. CN3 for RS-232C communication (option) CN1B MR Configurator (Setup software) MRZJW3-SETUP151E software version E1 or later CN3 R S T Power factor improvement reactor (FR-BAL) CN2 (Note 2) X Y Z L1 CN3 for RS-422 communication (option) L2 U L3 V W TE2 Type 3 ground or above External digital display (MR-DP60) D <With front cover open> L21 L11 Regeneration unit (option) C Install this unit in situations involving frequent regeneration and large load inertia moments. Connect this unit referring to “Standard Wiring Diagram”. P HC- FS servomotor and encoder (Above picture is HC-KFS23.) 63 Notes: 1. If a 1-phase power-supply (230VAC) is used, please connect to terminals L1 and L2. Nothing should be connected to L3. 2. RS-232C and RS-422 are mutually-exclusive features. RS-422 communication is possible with parameter switching. The RS-422 communication cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 3. The manual pulse generator cable can be made by using the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). 4. The connection with the peripheral devices shown above is for the MR-J2S-350CL or smaller. Connect the MR-J2S-500CL or larger as shown in the standard connection diagram. Servo Amplifier Specifications MR-J2S-CL type Servo-amp model MR-J2SVoltage/frequency (Note 1) Power supply Permissible voltage fluctuation 10CL 20CL 40CL 60CL 70CL (-UM) 100CL 200CL 350CL 500CL 700CL (-UM) 10CL1 20CL1 40CL1 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 1-phase 100 to 120VAC 50/60Hz (Note 2) 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz or 1-phase 207 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 3-phase 170 to 253VAC 50/60Hz 1-phase 85 to 127VAC 50/60Hz ±5% max. Sine-wave PWM control/current control system Permissible frequency fluctuation Control system Built-in (Note 3) Safety features Overcurrent shutdown, regeneration overvoltage shutdown, overload shutdown (electronic thermal), servomotor overheat protection, encoder fault protection, regeneration fault protection, undervoltage/sudden power outage protection, overspeed protection, excess error protection Command method Dynamic brake Program language (programmed by the setup software) Program capacity: 120 steps Operating specification Set by the program language One-point feed length setting range: ±1 (µm) to ±999.999 (mm) Input positioning command Program A servomotor speed, acceleration and deceleration time constants, and S-pattern acceleration and deceleration time constants are set by the program language. The S-pattern acceleration and deceleration time constants can be set by parameter No. 14 as well. Input speed command System Signed absolute value command system, and signed incremental value command system Depends on the setting of the program language Program operation mode JOG Operating mode Manual operation Manual pulse generator mode Inches upon contact input or RS-422 (RS-232C) communication based on speed commands set by a parameter. Manual feed by manual pulse generator. Command pulse ratio: Selectable ✕1, ✕10, or ✕100 by the parameter. Dog system Returns to origin upon Z phase pulse count after passing through near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Count system Returns to origin upon sensor pulse count after touching near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin shift and settable origin address. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin without dog. Set any position as the origin using manual operation or the like. Settable origin address. Data set system Manual home position return mode Returns to origin upon hitting end of stroke. Selectable direction for return to origin. Settable origin address. Impact system Ignore origin (Servo-on position as origin position) Uses position where the servo on signal (SON) becomes ON as origin. Settable origin address. Dog system rear end reference Returns to origin with respect to the rear end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Count system front end reference Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Returns to origin with respect to the front end of a near-point dog by the first Z-phase pulse. Selectable direction for return to origin, settable origin address and settable origin shift. Automatic retreat on dog back to origin and automatic stroke retreat function. Dog cradle system Absolute position detection, backlash correction, overtravel protection by the external limit switch, software stroke limit, override by external analog control Other functions Structure Self-cooling, open (IP00) Ambient temperature Ambient humidity Environment Fan cooling, open (IP00) 90% RH max. (non condensing), storage: 90% RH max. (non condensing) Indoors (no direct sunlight); no corrosive gas, inflammable gas, oil mist, or dust Atmosphere 1000 meters or less above sea level Elevation 5.9m/s2 max. Oscillation Mass (kg [lb]) Self-cooling, open (IP00) 0 to 55°C (32 to 131°F) (non freezing), storage: –20 to 65°C (–4 to 149°F) (non freezing) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.1 (2.4) 1.1 (2.4) 1.7 (3.7) 1.7 (3.7) 2.0 (4.4) 2.0 (4.4) 4.9 (10.8) 7.2 (15.9) 0.7 (1.5) 0.7 (1.5) 1.1 (2.4) Notes:1. Rated output and rated speed of the servomotor used in combination with the servo-amp are as indicated when using the power-supply voltage and frequency listed. The output capacity and speed cannot be guaranteed when the power-supply voltage is less than specified. 2. For torque characteristics when combined with a servomotor, refer to “servomotor torque characteristics” in this catalog. 3. For products without a dynamic brake (MR-J2S-MCL-ED or MR-J2S-MCL1-ED), special compliance is possible. 64 Command List Program Operation Position data, servomotor speed, acceleration and deceleration time constants and so on are created as programs beforehand. Positioning operation is performed by selecting the created programs and executing them. Command list Indirect specification Setting range Unit SPN (setting) 0 to instantaneous permissible speed r/min STA (Note 2) Acceleration time constant STA (setting) 0 to 20000 ms Sets the acceleration time constant. STB (Note 2) Deceleration time constant Acceleration and STC (Note 2) deceleration time constants S-pattern acceleration STD (Note 2) and deceleration time constants STB (setting) 0 to 20000 ms Sets the deceleration time constant. STC (setting) 0 to 20000 ms Sets the acceleration and deceleration time constants. STD (setting) 0 to 100 ms Sets the S-pattern acceleration and deceleration time constants. Command SPN (Note 1) Name Motor speed Setting –999999 Description (Note 7) Sets the command speed of the servo motor for positioning. The setting value must not exceed the instantaneous permissible speed of the servo motor used. (Note 6) MOV Absolute value move command MOV (setting) MOVA Absolute value continuous move command MOVA (setting) MOVI Incremental value move command MOVI (setting) MOVIA Incremental value continuous move command MOVIA (setting) Waiting for external signal to switch on SYNC (setting) 1 to 3 — — Stops the next step until the program input 1 (PI1) to program input 3 (PI3) are turned ON after the synchronous output (SOUT) command is output. External signal ON output OUTON (setting) 1 to 3 — — Turns ON the program output 1 (OUT1) to program output 3 (OUT3). This signal can be turned OFF after a setup time has elapsed, by setting an ON time with parameter No. 74 to 76. External signal OFF output OUTOF (setting) 1 to 3 — — Turns OFF the program output 1 (OUT1) to program output 3 (OUT3), which were turned ON by the [OUTON] command. Absolute value passage point specification TRIP (setting) — When the motor passes through the current position set by user, the next step is executed. Incremental value passage point specification TRIPI (setting) — While the motor moves by the [MOVI] command or [MOVIA] command, if the motor has moved for the moving distance set by the [TRIPI] command since the [MOVI] command or [MOVIA] command is performed, the next step is executed. Be sure to write the [TRIPI] command after the [MOVI] command or [MOVIA] command. Interrupt positioning ITP (setting) — When the interrupt signal is ON, the motor moves for the distance set by this command, and it stops. Use this command after the [SYNC] command in combination. External pulse count COUNT (setting) pulse — When the value of the pulse counter exceeds the count value set in the [COUNT] command, the next step is executed. Setting [COUNT (0)] clears the pulse counter to zero. times — The steps, enclosed with the [FOR (setting value)] command and the [NEXT] command, are repeated for the number of times set beforehand. If zero is set, the steps are repeated unlimitedly. — The current position is latched by the rising edge of the input device “current position latch input (LPS)”. The latched current position data can be read by a communication command. SYNC (Note 3) OUTON (Note 3, 4) OUTOF (Note 3) TRIP (Note 3) TRIPI (Note 3) ITP (Note 3, 5) COUNT (Note 3) FOR NEXT Step repeat command to 999999 –999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999 –999999 to 999999 ✕10STMµm (Note 6) (Note 6) ✕10STMµm Moves the set value as an incremental value. ✕10STMµm Moves the set value continuously as an incremental value. Be sure to use this command together with the [MOVI] command. (Note 6) ✕10STMµm (Note 6) ✕10STMµm (Note 6) 0 to 999999 –999999 to 999999 FOR (setting) 0, NEXT 1 to 10000 ✕10STMµm LPOS — — TIM Dwell TIM (setting) 1 to 2000 ✕10ms ZRT Home position return ZRT — — TIMES Program count instruction TIMES (setting) STOP Program stop STOP Moves the set value continuously as an absolute value. Be sure to use this command together with the [MOV] command. ✕10STMµm Current position latch LPOS (Note 3) Moves the set value as an absolute value. 0, 1 to 10000 — The next step is waited until the time set beforehand has elapsed. — Put the [TIMES (setting value)] command on the top of the program to set the number of times of program execution. If zero is set, the program is repeated unlimitedly. times — A manual home position return is executed. — The program being executed is stopped. Be sure to write this command in the final line. Notes:1. The [SPN] command is valid when the [MOV], [MOVA], [MOVI], or [MOVIA] command is executed. 2. The [STA], [STB], [STC], and [STD] commands are valid when the [MOV] or [MOVI] command is executed. 3. The [SYNC], [OUTON], [OUTOF], [TRIP], [TRIPI], [ITP], [COUNT] and [LPOS] commands are valid even while an instruction is output. 4. If the ON time is set by parameter No. 74 to 76, the next command is executed after the set time has elapsed. 5. If the remaining distance is the setting value or less, the servo motor is not running, or the servo motor is decelerating, the [ITP] command is skipped and control goes to the next step. 6. STM is magnification to data. 7. General-purpose registers (R1 to R4 and D1 to D4) can be specified to the command setting values. 8. For the content of each command, be sure to confirm “MR-J2S-MCL SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL.” 65 Command List Program examples <Example 1> Two types of operation, with which the servomotor speed, acceleration time constant, and deceleration time constant are the same and the move instruction is different, are executed. Program Description Servomotor speed 1000 (r/min) ............................................... q Acceleration time constant 200 (ms) ....................................... w Deceleration time constant 300 (ms) ....................................... e Absolute value move instruction 1000 (✕10STMµm) ................. r Dwell 100 (ms) ......................................................................... t Absolute value move instruction 2500 (✕10STMµm) ................. y Program stop SPN (1000) STA (200) STB (300) MOV (1000) TIM (10) MOV (2500) STOP Speed w Acceleration time constant (Note 2) (200ms) e Deceleration time constant (Note 3) (300ms) w Acceleration time constant (Note 2) (200ms) q Speed (1000r/min) Position 0 (Note 1) e Deceleration time constant (Note 3) (300ms) q Speed (1000r/min) 1000 r Absolute value move instruction (1000✕10STMµm) 2500 t Dwell (100ms) y Absolute value move instruction (2500✕10STMµm) Notes: 1. The values set as steps q, w, and e are valid as long as they are not set again. 2. The setting value is the time elapsing from the stop of the servomotor to the rated speed. 3. The setting value is the time elapsing from the rated speed to the stop of the servomotor. <Example 2> The steps enclosed with the [FOR (setting value)] command and the [NEXT] command are repeated for the number of times set beforehand. Program Description SPN (1000) STC (20) MOV (1000) TIM (10) FOR (3) MOVI (100) TIM (10) NEXT STOP Servomotor speed 1000 (r/min) Acceleration and deceleration time constants 20 (ms) Absolute value move instruction 1000 (✕10STMµm) Dwell 100 (ms) Step repeat command start 3 (times) ...................................... q Incremental value move instruction 100 (✕10STMµm)............... w Dwell 100 (ms) ......................................................................... e Step repeat command end Program stop Speed Acceleration time constant (20ms) Position Deceleration time constant (20ms) Speed (1000r/min) 0 1000 1100 1200 1300 Steps w and e are repeated for the number of times specified by step q. Dwell (100ms) 66 Standard Wiring Diagram MR-J2S-MCL (1) type ● Connection Main circuit/control circuit power supply connection The connection differs according to the power voltage. →Refer to the main circuit/control circuit power supply connection examples (1) to (4) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MCL/CL1 Main-circuit power supply Control-circuit power supply L1 L2 L3 L11 L21 (Note 4, 5) (Note 5) CN1A (Note 1, 2) Return to origin complete RA5 COM ZP 9 18 DOG SON SG 8 19 10 LZ LZR LA LAR LB LBR LG OP P15R SD 5 15 6 16 7 17 1 14 4 CN2 Connector CN2 connection Near-point dog Servo on The connection differs according to each servomotor. →Refer to the connector CN2 connection examples (9) to (11) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Encoder Z-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder A-phase pulse (differential line driver) Encoder B-phase pulse (differential line driver) Control common Encoder Z-phase pulse (open collector) PLATE 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. (Note 4, 5) CN1B (Note 3) Forward stroke end Reverse stroke end Program input 1 Program input 2 Forward rotation start Program No. selection 1 Program No. selection 2 Reset Do not connect when using 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. an external power-supply. (Note 1, 2) Program output 1 RA3 Position end (Note 6) Malfunction RA4 Ready RA1 RA2 (Note 5) LSP LSN PI1 PI2 ST1 DI0 DI1 RST SG 16 17 8 9 7 5 14 15 10 VDD COM OUT1 PED ALM RD 3 13 4 6 18 19 P15R VC LG 11 2 1 CN3 Connector CN3 connection →Refer to the connector CN3/CN4 connection example (12) of the standard wiring diagram for the MR-J2S-A type in this catalog. 10 meters (32.81 ft) max. Upper limit setting (Note 9) (Note 7) Override Upper limit setting (Note 8) Analog torque limit TLA SD 2 meters (6.56 ft) max. 67 12 PLATE (Note 10) Notes: 1. Do not reverse the diode’s direction. Connecting it backwards could cause the amplifier to malfunction so that signals are not output, and emergency stop and other safety circuits are inoperable. 2. Make sure that the sum of current flowing to external relays does not exceed 80mA. If it exceeds 80mA, supply interface power from an external source. 3. LSP and LSN contacts must be closed for normal operation. If they are not closed, command will not be accepted. 4. Signals with the same name are connected inside. 5. CN1A, CN1B, CN2 and CN3 are all the same shape. Connecting them wrong can cause damage. 6. Malfunction signal (ALM) is turned on during normal operation when no alarms have been triggered. 7. If using the override (VC), make the override selection (OVR) device available. 8. If using the analog torque limit (TLA), make the external torque limit selection (TL) device available. 9. Connect the shield wire securely to the plate inside the connector (ground plate). 10. Always connect the servo amplifier protection ground (PE) (for preventing shocks) to the control box’s protection ground (PE). Options ● Dynamic brake When using a 11kW or larger servo amplifier, use these dynamic brakes if the servomotor must be suddenly stopped during a power failure or when the protection circuit functions. Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 Model DBU-11K DBU-15K DBU-22K DBU-11K-4 DBU-22K-4 Dimensions A DBU-55K-4 B External dimensions Dimensions C Connection Unit: mm (inch) E 5 (0.2) Servo-amp MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 Model DBU-37K E (GND) A B Terminal block a b 13 14 U Screw size: M3.5 100 (3.94) D E Servo-amp 5 (0.2) A V W Screw size: M4 G D F 2.3 (0.09) C NFB MC L1 VDD COM (Note 2) ALM L2 Mass kg (lb) Electric wire size (mm2) 20 5 170 163.5 200 190 140 (7.87) (7.48) (5.51) (0.79) (0.2) (6.69) (6.44) 2 (4.4) 5.5 (AWG10) 250 238 150 25 6 235 228 (9.84) (9.37) (5.91) (0.98) (0.24) (9.25) (8.98) 6 (13.2) 5.5 (AWG10) DBU-11K DBU-15K C D 10 (0.39) DBU-22K B 2-ø7 (0.276) mounting hole E F G L3 RA1 EMG OFF ON 25 (0.98) 15 (0.59) 228 (8.98) 280 (11.02) L21 b 13 14 U V 15 (0.59) 210 (8.27) 15 (0.59) TE2 Electric wire size (mm2) Mass 179.5 (7.07) U, V, W DBU-11K-4 6.7 5.5 2 DBU-22K-4 (14.8) (AWG10) (AWG14) Other than U, V, W Notes: 1. The above connection diagram applies only to the MR-J2S-A type. Refer to “MR-J2S-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details on the MR-J2S-B type. 2. When using the dynamic brake, change parameter No.1 (for MR-J2S-A type). Refer to “MR-J2S-MA SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 3. This is for the 400V. The 200V does not require a step-down transformer. Converter unit P P N N TE1 U V NFB W MC Screw size: M5 330 (12.99) 370 (14.57) 390 (15.35) 2-ø10 (0.394) mounting hole kg (lb) 30 (1.18) 10 (0.39) 178.5 (7.03) Model TE2 a b (Note 3) Step-down transformer 13 14 RA1 EMG OFF ON Screw size: M3.5 TE1 10 (0.39) C 10 (0.39) 15 (0.59) 15 (0.59) 30 (1.18) MC TE2 230 (9.06) 260 (10.24) 230 (9.06) Ready 220 (8.66) 235 (9.25) 15 (0.59) Dynamic brake W 2.3 (0.09) 195 (7.68) 13 U V W 14 a b RA1 TE2 25 (0.98) 200 (7.87) 170 (6.69) TE1 260 (10.24) 43 (1.69) 150 (5.91) SG SD MC Screw size: M3.5 26 (1.02) 51 (2.01) EMG L11 Screw size: M4 10 (0.39) B TE2 SON SK a 7 73.8 (2.91) (0.28) SM EMG MC Ready TE1 TE1 U V W RA1 Step-down transformer (Note 3) 26 (1.02) A Model Servomotor HA-LFS RA1 U V W MC1 2.3 (0.09) 15 (0.59) MC SK L1 L2 L3 Servo-amp P P N N VDD COM (Note 2) ALM L11 L21 U V W Servomotor HA-LFS RA1 U V W RA1 SON EMG SG L11 L21 SD EMG 14 a MC1 15 (0.59) Electric wire size (mm2) Mass Model kg (lb) U, V, W Other than U, V, W DBU-37K 8 (17.6) 14 2 DBU-55K-4 11 (24.2) (AWG6) (AWG14) SM 13 U V W Dynamic brake b Notes: 1. The above connection diagram applies only to the MR-J2S-A type. Refer to “MR-J2S-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details on the MR-J2S-B type. 2. When using the dynamic brake, change parameter No.1 (for MR-J2S-A type). Refer to “MR-J2S-MA SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 3. This is for the 400V. The 200V does not require a step-down transformer. ● Junction terminal block (MR-TB20) All signals can be wired to this junction terminal block without a connection to CN1. 126 (4.96) 14 13 LB COM CR SG 4 2 1 0 NP P15R LA 3 LZ 12 PP 11 10 LG 60 (2.36) MITSUBISHI MR-TB20 50 (1.97) 117 (4.61) Terminal block screw size: M3.5 Compatible wire: 2mm2 max. (AWG14) Compressed terminal width: 7.2mm (0.283 inch) max. 46.2 (1.82) 7 (0.28) 2-Ø4.5 (0.177) 68 Unit: mm (inch) Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-700A (4)/CP/CL or smaller) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. ● QD75P ● QD75D ● AD75P ● A1SD75P ● FX2N-20GM ● FX2N-10GM ● FX2N-10PG ● FX2N-1PG Positioning unit Servomotor HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series HA-LFS5 to 7kW (Note 7) 20 7 CN1A CN1B 9 11 8 5 6 13 14 CN2 CN3 19 15 16 17 Operation panel 1 TE2 18 Servomotor HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series Cable attached to motor 4 0.3 meter (11.8 inch) 21 MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 CN10 CC-Link Master unit (Programmable controller) 2 3 Terminal resistor 21 MR-J2S-MCP (1)-S084 (Note 10) CN10 (Note 9) CN1A CN1B CN1A CN1B CN30 CN30 CN2 CN3 CN2 CN3 11 11 CN40 10 TE2 CN40 TE2 The connection with the motor is the same as above. Item Model MR-JCCBLMM-H q Encoder cable for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1) M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) Encoder cable for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor e Encoder connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor IP20 M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1) Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder MR-ENCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) IP20 Plug (made by DDK) Backshell (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) CE02-20BS-S IP65 IP67 Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) MR-J2CNM IP20 MR-J2CNS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Junction connector (made by AMP) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) (Note 2) 170359-1 (connector pin) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) IP20 Encoder connector set for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor y For CN1A, CN1B Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) t 69 Junction connector (made by AMP) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) 170359-1 (connector pin) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) Encoder IP20 (Note 1, 6) r Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) MR-JHSCBLMM-L (Note 4) Select one for use with CN2 IP20 Description MR-JCCBLMM-L MR-JHSCBLMM-H w Protective degree Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) IP65 IP67 MR-ENCNS u CN1 connector MR-J2CN1 i Junction terminal block cable MR-J2TBLMM (Note 5) M=cable length 0.5, 1m (1.64, 3.28 ft) — — Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Junction terminal block-side connector (Hirose Electric) HIF3BA-20D-2.54R (connector) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. AMP 172161-1 (white) can be used for the connector housing. For connector pins, 170363-1 (bulk) can be used. 3. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 4. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 5. Use the MR-J2CN1 connector when the RS-422 communication cable is supplied by the customer. 6. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 7. The HA-LFS601 and 701M do not have a connector type motor power supply. Use only w, e, t, y or !8. 8. Use a 0.5m or shorter cable between the amplifier and CC-Link interface unit. 9. The CN10 connector is enclosed with the unit. The user must manufacture the CC-Link cable with the enclosed CN10 connector. 10. Use the terminator enclosed with the CC-Link master unit. Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-11KA (4) to MR-J2S-22KA (4)) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. Servo-amp ● QD75P ● QD75D ● AD75P ● A1SD75P ● FX2N-20GM ● FX2N-10GM ● FX2N-10PG ● FX2N-1PG Positioning unit 12 7 CN4 CN3 9 8 Servomotor HA-LFS801 (4) or HA-LFS11 to 25kW CN1A 19 5 6 18 CN1B Operation panel CN2 2 3 For CN3 Item o Personal computer communication cable !0 Personal computer communication cable Model MR-CPCATCBL3M cable length 3m (9.84 ft) MR-JRPCATCBL3M cable length 3m (9.84 ft) Protective degree — — MR-J2HBUSMM !1 Maintenance junction card cable Amplifier to CC-Link interface unit cable M=cable length 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) — Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (connector) 5556 (terminal) Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case) Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case) Maintenance junction card connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) For brake Select one for use with motor power-supply For CN4 (Note 8) !2 CN4 cable MR-H3CBL1M Cable length 1m (3.28 ft) Amp-side connector (made by AMP) 171822-4 (housing) — Note: Use with the 11kW or larger analog monitor output. !3 Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor MR-PWCNK1 IP20 Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-04P-210 male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16) !4 Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor with electromagnetic brake MR-PWCNK2 IP20 Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-06P-210 male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16) !5 Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS81 HC-SFS52, 102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524 HC-SFS53, 103, 153 HC-LFS52, 102, 152 HC-RFS103, 153, 203 HC-UFS72, 152 MR-PWCNS1 (straight model) IP65 IP67 !6 Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS121, 201, 301 HC-SFS202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024 HC-SFS203, 353 HC-LFS202, 302 HC-RFS353, 503 HA-LFS502 HC-UFS202, 352, 502 MR-PWCNS2 (straight model) IP65 IP67 !7 Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS702, 7024 HA-LFS702 MR-PWCNS3 (straight model) IP65 IP67 !8 Brake connector set for HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B HC-LFS202B, 302B HA-LFS601B, 801B, 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B HA-LFS701MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B HA-LFS11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B MR-BKCN (straight model) !9 Junction terminal block MR-TB20 — @0 Maintenance junction card MR-J2CN3TM — MR-J2S-T01 — @1 CC-Link interface unit IP65 IP67 Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A22-23SD-B-BSS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-2 (D265) Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A24-10SD-B-BSS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-16A-2 (D265) Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A32-17SD-B-BSS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-20A-1 (D265) Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A10SL-4S (D190) Cable connector (straight) (made by Daiwa Dengyo) YSO10-5 to 8 This is required when using the personal computer and analog monitor output simultaneously. Note: This cannot be used with the 11kW or larger capacities. Compatible only with the MR-J2S-MCP (1) -S084. 70 Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-30KA (4) or larger) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. Servo-amp ● QD75P ● QD75D ● AD75P ● A1SD75P ● FX2N-20GM ● FX2N-10GM ● FX2N-10PG ● FX2N-1PG Positioning unit 5 CN4 CN3 6 8 CN1A 12 CN1B Operation panel 7 CN5A CN2 CN5B Converter unit Servomotor HA-LFS25K14 and HA-LFS series 30kW or larger 9 3 4 CN1 CN2 5 CN5 CN6 10 11 1 2 Terminal connector Item Model Protective degree MR-JHSCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) IP20 MR-JHSCBLMM-L M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1) IP20 q Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Encoder cable for HA-LFS series motor Backshell (made by DDK) Plug (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S MS3106A20-29S (D190) Select one for use with CN2 (Note 3) MR-ENCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1, 5) w IP65 IP67 Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) e MR-J2CNS r Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) IP20 Encoder connector set for HA-LFS series motor For CN1A, CN1B, CN5A, converter unit Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) IP65 IP67 MR-ENCNS t CN1 connector CN5 connector MR-J2CN1 y Junction terminal block cable MR-J2TBLMM (Note4) M=cable length 0.5, 1m (1.64, 3.28 ft) — Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Converter unit-side connector or amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Junction terminal block-side connector (Hirose Electric) HIF3BA-20D-2.54R (connector) — Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 3. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 4. Use the MR-J2CN1 connector when the RS-422 communication cable is supplied by the customer. 5. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 6. Keep the CN5 cable length to 1m or shorter. 71 Options u cable length 3m (9.84 ft) MR-H3CBL1M cable length 1m (3.28 ft) — Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case) Amp-side connector (AMP) 171822-4 (housing) — Converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) For CN5A CN4 cable MR-CPCATCBL3M Protective degree o For CN5B i Personal computer communication cable Model !0 Terminal connector MR-A-TM — Terminal connector For converter unit For CN4 For CN3 Item !1 CN1 connector for converter unit MR-HP4CN1 — Converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10114-3000VE (connector) 10314-52F0-008 (shell kit) !2 Junction terminal block MR-TB20 — CN5 cable MR-J2HBUSMM M=cable length 0.5, 1m (1.64, 3.28 ft) — Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) (Note 6) 72 Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-700B or smaller) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. 9 ● A171SH ● A172SH ● A173UH ● A273UH ● AD75M ● A1SD75M Controller CN1A CN1B 7 CN1A CN1B 11 10 CN2 Terminal connector CN3 CN2 12 CN3 13 8 22 16 17 ● QD75M Controller TE2 9 Servomotor HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series HA-LFS5 to 7kW (Note 7) 1 Servomotor HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series 5 6 4 10 Cable attached to motor 0.3 meter (11.8 inch) 18 19 20 ● Q172 (Note 6) ● Q173 21 2 3 Model Protective degree MR-JCCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) IP20 MR-JCCBLMM-L M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1) IP20 Item q Encoder cable for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor MR-JHSCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) Select one for use with CN2 w e Encoder cable for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor MR-JHSCBLMM-L (Note 4) 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) MR-ENCBLMM-H M=cable length r Encoder connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor y MR-J2CNS Encoder connector set for HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HC-UFS 2000r/min series, HA-LFS series motor u Controller to amplifier bus cable i For controller to amplifier connector set For CN1A MR-J2CNM Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Junction connector (made by AMP) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) 170359-1 (connector pin) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) Encoder Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder IP20 Backshell (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S IP65 IP67 IP20 IP20 Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) IP65 IP67 MR-ENCNS MR-J2HBUSMM-A M=cable length 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) MR-J2CN1-A Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) Cable clamp (made by DDK) 10120-3000VE (connector) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, Junction connector (made by AMP) or an equivalent product) 1-172161-9 (black connector housing) 10120-3000VE (connector) 170359-1 (connector pin) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) MTI-0002 (cable clamp, made by Toa Electric) (Note 2) (Note 1, 5) t 73 M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1) IP20 Description — — Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case) Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case) Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. AMP 172161-1 (white) can be used for the connector housing. For connector pins, 170363-1 (bulk) can be used. 3. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 4. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 5. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 6. Refer to “MOTION CONTROLLER Q SERIES (L(NA)03014)” for the Q172 and Q173. 7. The HA-LFS601 and 701M do not have a connector type motor power supply. Use only w, e, t, y or @1. Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-11KB (4) to MR-J2S-22KB (4)) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. ● A171SH ● A172SH ● A173UH ● A273UH ● AD75M ● A1SD75M Controller 14 Servo-amp 7 CN4 CN3 Servo-amp CN4 CN3 12 CN1A CN1A CN1B CN1B 9 8 ● QD75M CN2 CON2 Controller 11 Terminal connector CN2 CON2 10 9 15 5 6 21 ● Q172 (Note 6) ● Q173 2 3 For CN1B For CN1A, CN1B Item Protective degree MR-J2HBUSMM o M=cable length !0 CN1 connector MR-J2CN1 — !1 Terminal connector MR-A-TM — Personal computer communication cable MR-CPCATCBL3M For CN3 For CON2 For CN4 Select one for use with motor power-supply Model Controller to amplifier cable Amplifier to amplifier bus cable !2 For brake Servomotor HA-LFS801 (4) or HA-LFS11 to 25kW 10 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) cable length 3m (9.84 ft) — — MR-J2HBUSMM !3 Maintenance junction card cable !4 CN4 cable !5 M=cable length 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) MR-H3CBL1M — Description Connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) For controller to amplifier connector set or for amplifier to amplifier connector set (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Maintenance junction card connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 3) Amp-side connector (made by AMP) 171822-4 (housing) Note: Use with the 11kW or larger analog monitor output. cable length 1m (3.28 ft) — CON2 connector MR-J2CMP2 — !6 Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor MR-PWCNK1 IP20 Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-04P-210 Male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16) !7 Power-supply connector set for HC-KFS, HC-MFS, HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor with electromagnetic brake MR-PWCNK2 IP20 Plug (made by MOLEX) 5559-06P-210 Male terminal (made by MOLEX) 5558PBT3L (for AWG16) !8 Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS81 HC-SFS52, 102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524 HC-SFS53, 103, 153 HC-LFS52, 102, 152 HC-RFS103, 153, 203 HC-UFS72, 152 MR-PWCNS1 (straight model) IP65 IP67 !9 Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS121, 201, 301 HC-SFS202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024 HC-SFS203, 353 HC-LFS202, 302 HC-RFS353, 503 HA-LFS502 HC-UFS202, 352, 502 MR-PWCNS2 (straight model) IP65 IP67 @0 Power-supply connector set for HC-SFS702, 7024 HA-LFS702 MR-PWCNS3 (straight model) IP65 IP67 @1 Brake connector set for HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B MR-BKCN HC-LFS202B, 302B HA-LFS601B, 801B, 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B (straight model) HA-LFS701MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B HA-LFS11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B @2 Maintenance junction card MR-J2CN3TM Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10126-3000VE (connector) 10326-52F0-008 (shell kit) Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A22-23SD-B-BSS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-1 (D265) Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A24-10SD-B-BSS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-16A-2 (D265) Plug (straight) (made by DDK) CE05-6A32-17SD-B-BSS Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A10SL-4S (D190) Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-20A-1 (D265) Cable connector (straight) (made by Daiwa Dengyo) YSO10-5 to 8 IP65 IP67 74 — This is required when using the personal computer and analog monitor output simultaneously. Note: The functions are restricted for the 11kW or larger. Refer to "MR-J2S-MB SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL" for details. Options ● Cables and connectors (for MR-J2S-30KB (4) or larger) Optional cables and connectors are shown in the diagram below. ● A171SH ● A172SH ● A173UH ● A273UH ● AD75M ● A1SD75M Controller 11 Servo-amp 5 Servo-amp CN4 CN4 10 CN3 CN3 CN1A CN1A 9 CN1B CN1B 7 6 ● QD75M CN5A Controller 7 CN2 CON2 CN5A 8 CN5B CON2 Terminal connector Servomotor HA-LFS25K14 and HA-LFS series 30kW or larger 13 ● Q172 (Note 5) ● Q173 CN2 CN5B 3 4 8 Converter unit 7 CN1 CN2 1 2 8 CN5 CN6 Terminal connector 12 9 Model Protective degree MR-JHSCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) (Note 1) IP20 MR-JHSCBLMM-L M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43 ft) (Note 1) IP20 Item q Description Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Encoder cable for HA-LFS series motor Plug (made by DDK) Backshell (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) CE02-20BS-S (Note 3) Select one for use with CN2 MR-ENCBLMM-H M=cable length 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50m (6.56, 16.40, 32.81, 65.62, 98.43, 164.04 ft) w IP65 IP67 MR-J2CNS IP20 Encoder connector set for HA-LFS series motor r Controller to amplifier bus cable MR-J2HBUSMM-A M=cable length 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) y 75 For controller to amplifier connector set MR-J2CN1-A Backshell (straight) (made by DDK) CE02-20BS-S Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Controller-side connector (made by Honda Tsushin Kogyo) PCR-S20FS (connector) PCR-LS20LA1 (case) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) — For CN1A t IP65 IP67 Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Plug (made by DDK) MS3106A20-29S (D190) MR-ENCNS Cable clamp (made by DDK) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) (Note 1, 4) e Junction connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics Industry) MS3057-12A (cable clamp) MS3106B20-29S (straight plug) Encoder — Notes: 1. -H and -L indicate bending life. -H products have a long bending life. 2. The model listed in the table is the soldered model. The model for press welding is 10120-6000EL (connector) and 10320-3210-000 (shell kit). 3. MR-JHSCBLMM-H and -L are not IP65 compliant. 4. The encoder cable is not oil-resistant. 5. Refer to “MOTION CONTROLLER Q SERIES (L(NA)03014)” for the Q172 and Q173. 6. Keep the CN5 cable length to 1m or shorter. Options Model Protective degree Connector for controller, CN1 or CN5 MR-J2CN1 — o Terminal connector MR-A-TM — For CN3 i !0 Personal computer communication cable cable length 3m (9.84 ft) For CN4 — !1 CN4 cable MR-H3CBL1M For converter unit u Controller to amplifier cable MR-J2HBUSMM M=cable length Amplifier to amplifier 0.5, 1, 5m (1.64, 3.28, 16.40 ft) bus cable (Note 6) CN5 cable !2 For CON2 For CN1B, CN5B For CN1A, CN1B, CN5A, converter unit Item !3 MR-CPCATCBL3M — Description Controller-side connector, amp-side connector or converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Controller-side connector, amp-side connector or converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10120-3000VE (connector) 10320-52F0-008 (shell kit) (Note 2) Personal computer-side connector (made by Japan Aviation Electronics) DE-9SF-N (connector) DE-C1-J6-S6 (case) Amp-side connector (AMP) 171822-4 (housing) cable length 1m (3.28 ft) — CN1 connector for converter unit MR-HP4CN1 — Converter unit-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10114-3000VE (connector) 10314-52F0-008 (shell kit) CON2 connector MR-J2CMP2 — Amp-side connector (made by 3M, or an equivalent product) 10126-3000VE (connector) 10326-52F0-008 (shell kit) 76 Ordering Information for Customers Ordering information for customers 2 1 Plug Cable clamp 2 Cable 1 Plug Cable clamp Cable ● Servomotor power-supply connectors The motors are not provided with power-supply connectors. Order from previous pages, or choose from among the following recommended products. To order the following recommended products, contact the relevant manufacturer directly. Motor model 1 Application HC-SFS81 HC-SFS52, 102, 152, 524, 1024, 1524 HC-SFS53, 103, 153 HC-LFS52, 102, 152 HC-RFS103, 153, 203 HC-UFS72, 152 Type IP65, IP67 EN standards (Note 1) General environment HC-SFS121, 201, 301 HC-SFS202, 352, 502, 2024, 3524, 5024 HC-SFS203, 353 HC-LFS202, 302 HC-RFS353, 503 HA-LFS502 HC-UFS202, 352, 502 IP65, IP67 EN standards (Note 1) General environment IP65, IP67 EN standards HC-SFS702, 7024 HA-LFS702 (Note 1) General environment (Straight type) Plug (made by DDK) Model Straight CE05-6A22-23SD-B-BSS Angle CE05-8A22-23SD-B-BAS Straight Angle MS3106B22-23S MS3108B22-23S Straight CE05-6A24-10SD-B-BSS Angle CE05-8A24-10SD-B-BAS Straight Angle Straight Angle Straight Angle MS3106B24-10S MS3108B24-10S CE05-6A32-17SD-B-BSS CE05-8A32-17SD-B-BAS MS3106B32-17S MS3108B32-17S (Angle type) (For HC-KFS, HC-MFS HC-UFS 3000r/min series motor) 2 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Model Cable diameter mm (inch) CE3057-12A-2 (D265) 9.5 (0.374) to 13 (0.512) CE3057-12A-1 (D265) 12.5 (0.492) to 16 (0.630) CE3057-12A-2 (D265) 9.5 (0.374) to 13 (0.512) CE3057-12A-1 (D265) 12.5 (0.492) to 16 (0.630) MS3057-12A 15.9 (0.626) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-12A CE3057-16A-2 (D265) 13 (0.512) to 15.5 (0.610) CE3057-16A-1 (D265) 15 (0.591) to 19.1 (0.752) CE3057-16A-2 (D265) 13 (0.512) to 15.5 (0.610) CE3057-16A-1 (D265) 15 (0.591) to 19.1 (0.752) MS3057-16A 15.9 (0.626), 19.1 (0.752) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-16A CE3057-20A-1 (D265) 22 (0.866) to 23.8 (0.937) CE3057-20A-1 (D265) 22 (0.866) to 23.8 (0.937) MS3057-20A 19.1 (0.752), 23.8 (0.937) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-20A Note 1: Not compliant with EN standards. Motor model (made by MOLEX) Application General environment EN standards HC-KFS, HC-MFS series HC-UFS 3000r/min series without Brake Plug 5559-04P-210 male terminal 5558PBT3L (AWG16) with Brake Plug 5559-06P-210 male terminal 5558PBT3L (AWG16) 3 1 ● Encoder connectors The following motors are not provided with encoder connectors. Order from previous pages, or choose from among the following recommended products. To order the following recommended products, contact the relevant manufacturer directly. Application 1 HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HA-LFS series HC-UFS 2000r/min series IP65, IP67 MS3106A20-29S (D190) 2 1 Plug Cable clamp 2 1 Cable Plug (Straight type) Cable clamp 2 Cable clamp 3 Cable Backshell 2 1 Backshell Cable clamp Cable Plug (Straight type) 2 Backshell (made by DDK) Type Model Straight CE02-20BS-S Angle CE-20BA-S Plug (made by DDK) Motor model Plug (Angle type) 3 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Cable diameter mm (inch) Model 6.8 (0.268) to 10 (0.394) CE3057-12A-3 (D265) Cable (Angle type) Motor model 1 Application HC-SFS, HC-LFS, HC-RFS, HA-LFS series General environment HC-UFS 2000r/min series Plug (made by DDK) Type Straight Angle 2 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Cable diameter mm (inch) Model Model MS3106B20-29S MS3108B20-29S 15.9 (0.626) (Inner diameter of bushing) 2 1 ● Brake connectors The following motors are not provided with brake connectors. Order from previous pages, or choose from among the following recommended products. To order the following recommended products, contact the relevant manufacturer directly. Motor model Application HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B HC-LFS202B, 302B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B 2 1 Plug 1 Plug (made by DDK) Model MS3106A10SL-4S (D190) Angle Cable clamp Cable connector Cable (Straight type) 2 1 Plug 2 Cable connector Cable diameter mm (inch) Model 4 (0.157) to 8 (0.315) ACS-08RL-MS10F 8 (0.315) to 12 (0.472) ACS-12RL-MS10F 5 (0.197) to 8.3 (0.327) YSO10-5~8 4 (0.157) to 8 (0.315) ACA-08RL-MS10F 8 (0.315) to 12 (0.472) ACA-12RL-MS10F 5 (0.197) to 8.3 (0.327) YLO10-5~8 Type Straight IP65 IP67 Plug MS3057-12A Cable connector Cable (Angle type) Manufacturer Nippon Flex Daiwa Dengyo Nippon Flex Daiwa Dengyo Cable (Straight type) Motor model 77 HC-SFS121B, 201B, 301B HC-SFS202B, 352B, 502B, 702B, 2024B, 3524B, 5024B, 7024B HC-SFS203B, 353B HC-LFS202B, 302B HA-LFS601B, 801B, 12K1B, 8014B, 12K14B HA-LFS701MB, 11K1MB, 15K1MB, 11K1M4B, 15K1M4B HA-LFS11K2B, 15K2B, 22K2B, 11K24B, 15K24B, 22K24B HC-UFS202B, 352B, 502B Application General environment 1 Type Straight Plug (made by DDK) Model MS3106A10SL-4S 2 Cable clamp (made by DDK) Cable diameter mm (inch) Model 5.6 (0.220) (Inner diameter of bushing) MS3057-4A Options ● Power factor improving reactor (FR-BAL, FR-BEL, MR-DCL) This reactor enables users to boost the servo amplifier’s power factor and reduce its power supply capacity. Type FR-BAL-0.75K FR-BAL-1.5K FR-BAL-2.2K FR-BAL-3.7K FR-BAL-7.5K FR-BAL-11K AC reactor Fig. Applicable servo amp MR-J2S-10A/A1/B/B1/CP/CP1/CL/CL1 MR-J2S-20A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-40A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-20A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-60A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL (-UM) MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-100A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B Model FR-BAL-0.4K FR-BAL-15K FR-BAL-22K FR-BAL-30K Type AC reactor FR-BAL-H15K A FR-BAL-H22K FR-BAL-H30K FR-BEL-15K FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-30K FR-BEL-H15K FR-BEL-H22K FR-BEL-H30K MR-DCL30K MR-DCL37K MR-DCL30K-4 MR-DCL37K-4 MR-DCL45K-4 MR-DCL55K-4 DC reactor External dimensions H±5 (0.197) A D1±5 (0.197) W D±5 (0.197) Mounting screw RXSYT Z C W1 Terminal cover (Note) Screw size G D1 C 135 (5.31) 120 (4.72) 115 (4.53) 59 (2.32) 45 (1.77) 7.5 (0.3) M4 M3.5 2.0 (4.4) FR-BAL-0.75K 135 (5.31) 120 (4.72) 115 (4.53) 69 (2.72) 57 (2.24) 7.5 (0.3) M4 M3.5 2.8 (6.2) FR-BAL-1.5K 160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 71 (2.8) 55 (2.17) 7.5 (0.3) M4 M3.5 3.7 (8.2) FR-BAL-2.2K 160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 91 (3.58) 75 (2.95) 7.5 (0.3) M4 M3.5 5.6 (12.3) FR-BAL-3.7K 220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 192 (7.56) 90 (3.54) 70 (2.76) 10 (0.39) M5 M4 8.5 (18.7) FR-BAL-7.5K 220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 194 (7.64) 120 (4.72) 100 (3.94) 10 (0.39) M5 M5 14.5 (31.9) FR-BAL-11K 280 (11.02) 255 (10.04) 220 (8.66) 135 (5.31) 100 (3.94) 12.5 (0.49) M6 M6 19 (41.9) FR-BAL-15K 295 (11.61) 270 (10.63) 275 (10.83) 133 (5.24) 110 (4.33) 12.5 (0.49) M6 M6 27 (59.5) FR-BAL-22K 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 301 (11.85) 199 (7.83) 170 (6.69) 25 (0.98) M8 M8 35 (77.1) FR-BAL-30K 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 301 (11.85) 219 (8.62) 190 (7.48) 25 (0.98) M8 M8 43 (94.7) 5.3 (11.7) 160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 87 (3.43) 70 (2.76) 7.5 (0.3) M4 M3.5 160 (6.3) 145 (5.71) 140 (5.51) 91 (3.58) 75 (2.95) 7.5 (0.3) M4 M3.5 5.9 (13) FR-BAL-H3.7K 220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 190 (7.48) 90 (3.54) 70 (2.76) 10 (0.39) M5 M3.5 8.5 (18.7) FR-BAL-H7.5K 220 (8.66) 200 (7.87) 192 (7.56) 120 (4.72) 100 (3.94) 10 (0.39) M5 M4 14 (30.8) FR-BAL-H11K 280 (11.02) 255 (10.04) 226 (8.9) 130 (5.12) 100 (3.94) 12.5 (0.49) M6 M5 18.5 (40.8) FR-BAL-H15K 295 (11.61) 270 (10.63) 244 (9.61) 130 (5.12) 110 (4.33) 12.5 (0.49) M6 M5 27 (59.5) FR-BAL-H22K 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 269 (10.59) 199 (7.83) 170 (6.69) 25 (0.98) M8 M8 35 (77.1) FR-BAL-H30K 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 290 (11.42) 219 (8.62) 190 (7.48) 25 (0.98) M8 M8 43 (94.7) Variable dimensions mm (inch) Type C or less D FR-BEL-22K FR-BEL-H15K L FR-BEL-30K H B or less FR-BEL-H22K Note: The terminal cover is enclosed, so attach it after connecting F the wires. Installation leg section Terminal cover Terminal block (M3.5 screw) for thermal protector FR-BEL-H30K Terminal screw B C or less MR-DCL30K-4 (B1) B or less Mounting hole for M8 E MR-DCL37K-4 MR-DCL45K-4 MR-DCL55K-4 F 155 (6.1) 165 (6.5) 165 (6.5) 155 (6.1) 165 (6.5) 165 (6.5) L G 6 14 (0.24) (0.55) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) 6 14 (0.24) (0.55) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) 15 7 (0.28) (0.59) M8 M8 M8 M6 M6 M6 H 56 (2.2) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) 56 (2.2) 70 (2.76) 70 (2.76) Variable dimensions mm (inch) A MR-DCL37K A or less D Type MR-DCL30K D±1.5 (0.059) C 170 93 170 2.3 (6.69) (3.66) (6.69) (0.09) 185 119 182 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (7.17) (0.1) 185 119 201 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (7.91) (0.1) 170 93 160 2.3 (6.69) (3.66) (6.3) (0.09) 185 119 171 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (6.73) (0.1) 185 119 189 2.6 (7.28) (4.69) (7.44) (0.1) P1 P2 C D FR-BAL-H2.2K FR-BEL-15K 2-FXL notch E A or less H FR-BAL-H1.5K A B W1 W B B1 C D 255 135 80 215 232 (10.04) (5.31) (3.15) (8.46) (9.13) 205 (8.07) 225 (8.86) 240 (9.45) 260 (10.24) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 135 (5.31) 75 (2.95) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 80 (3.15) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 215 (8.46) 175 (6.89) 197 (7.76) 212 (8.35) 232 (9.13) Mounting Mass screw size kg (lb) M5 M6 M6 M5 M6 M6 NFB Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC Power-supply 1-phase 100 to 120VAC or 1-phase 230VAC M8 M8 M8 M8 9.5 (20.9) 6.5 (14.3) 7 (15.4) 7.5 (16.5) 9.5 (20.9) 60 (AWG2/0) C MC FR-BAL R X S Y T Z L1 L2 L3 NFB MC FR-BAL R X S Y T Z L1 L2 Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) to 22KA (4)/B (4) Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 3-phase 380 to 480VAC NFB MC FR-BAL X R S Y T Z L1 L2 L3 L11 L21 Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA (4)/B (4) to 22KA (4)/B (4) FR-BEL P P1 Note: Always disconnect the short bar across P-P1 when using the DC reactor. Converter unit MR-HP30KA/MR-HP55KA4 Terminal Mass Wire size screw size kg (lb) (mm2) M12 B Servo-amp 1-phase 100/230VAC MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 or smaller or MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL or smaller Wire size (mm2) 3.8 (8.4) 22 (AWG4) 5.4 (11.9) 30 (AWG2) 6.7 (14.8) 60 (AWG2/0) 3.7 8 (AWG8) (8.2) 5.0 22 (AWG4) (11) 6.7 22 (AWG4) (14.8) A Servo-amp MR-J2S-700A(4)/B/CP/CL or smaller Mounting Terminal Mass screw size screw size kg (lb) FR-BAL-0.4K Fig. Connections Unit: mm (inch) Variable dimensions mm (inch) Type Applicable servo amp MR-J2S-60A4 MR-J2S-100A4 MR-J2S-200A4 MR-J2S-350A4 MR-J2S-500A4 MR-J2S-700A4 MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 Model FR-BAL-H1.5K FR-BAL-H2.2K FR-BAL-H3.7K FR-BAL-H7.5K FR-BAL-H11K MR-DCL P1 80 (AWG3/0) 30 (AWG2) P2 38 (AWG2) 50 (AWG1/0) 60 (AWG2/0) Note: Always disconnect the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor. 78 Options ● Optional regeneration unit Servo-amp model (MR-J2S-) Standard accessory (external regenerative resistor)/tolerable regenerative power (W) GRZG400- Built-in regenerative resistor/ tolerable regenerative power (W) 2Ω✕4 1Ω✕5 0.8Ω✕5 5Ω✕4 2.5Ω✕5 2Ω✕5 — 10 10 10 20 20 100 100 130 170 — — — — — 10 20 100 100 130 170 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 (800) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 (800) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 850 (1300) — — — — 10A(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) 20A(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) 40A(1)/B(1)/CP(1)/CL(1) 60A/B/CP/CL 70A/B/CP/CL(-UM) 100A/B/CP/CL 200A/B/CP/CL 350A/B/CP/CL 500A/B/CP/CL 700A/B/CP/CL 11KA/B 15KA/B 22KA/B 30KA/B 37KA/B 60A4 100A4 200A4 350A4 500A4 700A4 11KA4/B4 15KA4/B4 22KA4/B4 30KA4/B4 37KA4/B4 45KA4/B4 55KA4/B4 Notes: 1. The tolerable regenerative power in the table differs from the regenerative resistor’s rated wattage. 2. For the values given in parentheses, install cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92✕2 units), and change parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type). External dimensions ● MR-RB032, MR-RB12 Terminal block 79 (3.11) ● MR-J2S-350M or smaller 125 (4.92) 12 (0.47) 6 (0.24) LB 150 (5.91) ø6 (0.236) mounting hole LA Connections Unit: mm (inch) ● MR-RB30, MR-RB31, MR-RB32 Servo-amp D Always disconnect the wire across P-D. Optional regeneration unit P P 144 (5.67) 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) 3.2 (0.13) 5 (0.20) 7 (0.28) 10 (0.39) Mass kg (lb) MR-RB30 2.9 (6.4) MR-RB31 2.9 (6.4) MR-RB32 2.9 (6.4) P C G3 G3 (Note 2) G4 G4 LD 20 (0.79) 5 m (16.4 ft) or less (Note 1) Fan Notes: 1. When using the MR-RB50, always forcibly cool with the cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 2. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. Screw size: M4 1.6 (0.06) ● MR-RB50, MR-RB51 LC 7 (0.275)✕14 (0.551) long hole Terminal block <Terminal arrangement> TE1 ● MR-J2S-500M, 700M Servo-amp 350 (13.78) 325 (12.80) G3 G4 P C LB LC C G3 G4 5 m (16.4 ft) or less LD Mass kg (lb) MR-RB032 30 (1.18) 15 (0.59) 119 (4.69) 99 (3.90) 0.5 (1.1) MR-RB12 40 (1.57) 15 (0.59) 169 (6.65) 149 (5.87) 1.1 (2.4) 2.3 (0.09) 200 (7.87) 17 (0.67) 7 (0.28) 12 116 (4.57) (0.47) 128 (5.04) <Terminal arrangement> Type Mass kg (lb) MR-RB50 5.6 (12.3) MR-RB51 5.6 (12.3) P C G3 G4 Screw size: M4 79 P C (Note 2) Variable dimensions LA Always disconnect the wire for the servo amplifier's built-in regenerative resistor (across P-C). Optional regeneration unit P Screw size: M3 Type C C 90 (3.54) <Terminal arrangement> Type 12 (0.47) 6 (0.24) 17 (0.67) 100 (3.94) TE1 6 (0.24) 318 (12.52) (Note 1) Fan Notes: 1. When using the MR-RB50 and MR-RB51, always forcibly cool with the cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 2. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. Options 032 12 30 31 32 50 51 30 30 30 30 30 30 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 100 100 100 100 100 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 300 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 500 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ Optional regeneration unit/tolerable regenerative power (W) MR-RB 1L-4 3M-4 139 67 66 137 (available (available 3H-4 3G-4 34-4 65 soon) soon) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 (800) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 1300 3900 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 1300 3900 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 100 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 300 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ External dimensions 5H-4 5G-4 54-4 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ Do not disconnect the short bar. Terminal power (W) Leave a space of 70mm (2.76 inch) or more between each resistor. V 40 (1.57) P1 Resistance Mass/unit (W) value (Ω) kg (lb) 4 500 800 8 (2Ω✕4) 0.8 (1.8) GRZG400-1Ω 5 850 1300 5 (1Ω✕5) 0.8 (1.8) 5 Serial connection Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B P C N Fan M92✕2) Twist (1.0m3/min, 0.8 (1.8) 4 (0.8Ω✕5) 1300 850 10 (0.39) 30 (1.18) ● MR-RB65, MR-RB66, MR-RB67 (Note 5) 2-ø10 (0.393) mounting hole Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B Do not disconnect the short bar. 440 (17.32) 480 (18.9) 500 (19.69) Optional regeneration unit TE1 G4 G3 C G3 10 (0.39) 30 (1.18) (Note) 230 (9.06) 260 (10.24) 230 (9.06) Create a sequence that shuts off the main circuit power-supply when the thermal protector activates. kg (lb) MR-RB65 500 800 GRZG400-2Ω✕4 MR-RB66 850 1300 GRZG400-1Ω✕5 11 (24.2) MR-RB67 850 1300 GRZG400-0.8Ω✕5 11 (24.2) 10 (22) Note: Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. 10 (0.39) ● MR-RB139 15 (0.59) TE1 R S G4 G3 C Converter unit P1 <Terminal arrangement> 500 (19.69) 480 (18.9) 260 (10.24) 10 (0.39) 15 (0.59) 10 (0.39) 230 (9.06) ALM Mass Description (W) power (W) DC reactor (option) TE1 G4 COM 215 (8.46) ● MR-RB137, MR-RB139 2-ø10 (0.393) hole RA 2.3 (0.09) Tolerable regenerative With fan Model C C P Screw size: M5 15 (0.59) P1 P P <Terminal arrangement> TE1 P2 P (Note 2) ✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier’s main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating. ● MR-RB137 DC reactor (option) Converter unit P1 P2 Servomotor HA-LFS P C 197 (7.76) P C G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S 2.3 (0.09) 15 (0.59) 215 (8.46) Tolerable regenerative Mass power (W) kg (lb) MR-RB139 1300 10 (22) MR-RB137 3900 (3 unit set) 11 (24.2) 24VDC power-supply OHS1 + – RA ✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier’s main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating. (Note 2) Servomotor HA-LFS P C Screw size: M5 Model 40 40 40 40 40 40 13 13 13 6.7 8 5 4 1.3 1.3 270 120 80 47 47 26 20 12.5 10 5 5 5 5 U W GRZG400-2Ω GRZG400-0.8Ω ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 3900 3900 3900 3900 L2 9 (0.35) Tolerable regenerative With fan Qty. ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 1300 1300 1300 1300 L3 79 (3.11) 40 (1.57) 46 (1.81) Model 136-4 L1 350 (13.78) 384 (15.12) 410 (16.14) 6K-4 60-4 ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ 500 (800) ✕ ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ 850 (1300) ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ ✕ Connections Unit: mm (inch) ● GRZG400-2Ω, GRZG400-1Ω, GRZG400-0.8Ω:Standard accessory (Note 1, 5) ø5.5 (0.216) hole 6B-4 Resistance value 138-4 (Ω) OHS2 Servomotor thermal 1-phase 200VAC Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB139 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1–P2 when using the DC reactor. P C P C P C G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S 24VDC power-supply OHS1 + – RA OHS2 Servomotor thermal 1-phase 200VAC Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB137 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1–P2 when using the DC reactor. Notes: 1. A servo amplifier (MR-J2S-MKM-PX) without enclosed regenerative resistor is available for the servo amplifiers MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B. 2. The optional regeneration unit will heat up to approx. 100°C (212°F), so do not directly mount it on a wall susceptible to heat. Use nonflammable wires or provide flame resistant treatment (use silicon tubes, etc.), and wire so that the wires do not contact the optional regeneration unit. 3. Always use twisted wires for the optional regeneration unit, and keep the length as short as possible (5m (16.4 ft) or less). 4. Always use twisted wires for the temperature detector, and make sure that the detector does not malfunction due to inducted noise. 5. When installing cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92✕2 units) to increase the regeneration braking frequency, change parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type). 80 Options ● Optional regeneration unit External dimensions ● MR-J2S-200A4 or smaller Servo-amp 40 (1.57) 6 (0.24) 36 (1.42) 15 (0.59) Connections Unit: mm (inch) ● MR-RB1L-4 (available soon) ø6 (0.236) mounting hole D Always disconnect the wire across P-D. Optional regeneration unit P P <Terminal arrangement> TE1 C C G3 TE1 (Note1) G4 144 (5.67) 168 (6.61) 156 (6.14) G3 G4 P 5 m (16.4 ft) or less C Fan Screw size: M3 6 (0.24) Note:1. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. 6 (0.24) 11 (0.43) 24 (0.94) 2 (0.08) Mass kg (lb) Type 149 (5.87) 173 (6.81) 1.1 (2.4) MR-RB1L-4 ● MR-J2S-350A4 to 700A4 ● MR-RB3M-4 (available soon) Terminal block Always disconnect the wire for the servo amplifier's built-in regenerative resistor (across P-C). 79 (3.11) Servo-amp Optional regeneration unit P 125 (4.92) 150 (5.91) <Terminal arrangement> C G3 P G4 C P C Screw size: M4 3.2 (0.13) 318 (12.52) 17 (0.67) 7 (0.28) Mass kg (lb) Type 90 (3.54) 10 (0.39) MR-RB3M-4 100 (3.94) G3 (Note 2) G4 2.9 (6.4) 5m (16.4ft) or less 8.5 (0.33) ● MR-RB3H-4, MR-RB3G-4, MR-RB34-4 100 (3.94) Notes: 1. When using the MR-RB5H-4, MR-RB5G-4 or MR-RB54-4, always forcibly cool with the cooling fan (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92). 2. Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. 142 (5.59) 150 (5.91) 7 (0.28) 90 (3.54) 23 (0.91) 318 (12.52) <Terminal arrangement> 341 (13.43) P C 79 (3.11) 8.5 (0.33) 125 (4.92) Fan mounting screw (2-M3 screw) 10 (0.39) G3 G4 Screw size: M4 Model MR-RB3H-4 MR-RB3G-4 MR-RB34-4 Tolerable regenerative power (W) 300 300 300 Mass kg (lb) 2.9 (6.4) 2.9 (6.4) 2.9 (6.4) 350 (13.78) 12.5 162.5 (6.4) (0.49) 162.5 (6.4) ● MR-RB5H-4, MR-RB5G-4, MR-RB54-4 Fan mounting screw (2-M3 screw) provided on opposite side 49 82.5 (1.93) (3.25) 133 (5.24) 82.5 (3.25) 7 (0.275) ✕ 14 (0.551) long hole Wind blows in <Terminal arrangement> direction of arrow P C 223 (8.78) 12.5 (0.49) G3 23 (0.91) 2.3 (0.09) 12 (0.47) 7 (0.28) 120 (4.72) Model MR-RB5H-4 MR-RB5G-4 MR-RB54-4 81 (Note 1) Fan 30 (1.18) 8 (0.31) Tolerable regenerative power (W) 500 500 500 G4 Screw size: M4 Mass kg (lb) 5.6 (12.3) 5.6 (12.3) 5.6 (12.3) Options ● Optional regeneration unit External dimensions Connections Unit: mm (inch) ● GRZG400-5Ω, GRZG400-2.5Ω, GRZG400-2Ω: Standard accessory (Note 1, 5) 350 (13.78) L1 Do not disconnect the short bar. L2 Terminal 384 (15.12) U P1 Serial connection P C 40 (1.57) N Twist Model GRZG400-5Ω GRZG400-2.5Ω GRZG400-2Ω Qty. Tolerable regenerative power (W) With fan (W) 4 500 800 5 850 1300 5 850 1300 Resistance value (Ω) 20 (5Ω✕4) 12.5 (2.5Ω✕5) 10 (2Ω✕5) Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 to 22KA4/B4 V W 9 (0.35) 410 (16.14) L3 Leave a space of 70mm (2.76 inch) or more between each resistor. 79 (3.11) 40 (1.57) 46 (1.81) ø5.5 (0.216) hole Fan (1.0m3/min, M92✕2) Mass/unit kg (lb) 0.8 (1.8) 0.8 (1.8) 0.8 (1.8) 10 (0.39) 30 (1.18) ● MR-RB6B-4, MR-RB60-4, MR-RB6K-4 (Note 5) 2-ø10 (0.393) mounting hole Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 to 22KA4/B4 Do not disconnect the short bar. P1 440 (17.32) 480 (18.9) 500 (19.69) Optional regeneration unit P <Terminal arrangement> TE1 G4 G3 C TE1 30 (1.18) 10 (0.39) 260 (10.24) COM RA G3 (Note) 230 (9.06) C C P Screw size: M5 15 (0.59) P ALM G4 2.3 (0.09) 215 (8.46) Create a sequence that shuts off the main circuit power-supply when the thermal protector activates. 230 (9.06) With fan Tolerable (W) regenerative power (W) Model Mass kg (lb) Description MR-RB6B-4 500 800 GRZG400-5Ω✕4 10 (22) MR-RB60-4 850 1300 GRZG400-2.5Ω✕5 11 (24.2) MR-RB6K-4 850 1300 GRZG400-2Ω✕5 11 (24.2) ● MR-RB136-4, MR-RB138-4 Note: Create a sequence that turns OFF the magnetic contactor (MC) when abnormal overheating occurs. ● MR-RB136-4 ✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier's main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating. Converter unit 10 (0.39) 2-ø10 (0.393) hole DC reactor (option) P1 P2 (Note 2) Servomotor HA-LFS 480 (18.9) 15 (0.59) 230 (9.06) 260 (10.24) 10 (0.39) 10 (0.39) 500 (19.69) P C 15 (0.59) R400 S400 G4 G3 C 24VDC power P C G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S <Terminal arrangement> P OHS1 OHS2 RA Servomotor thermal 1-phase 400VAC Screw size: M5 Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB136-4 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor. 2.3 (0.09) 197 (7.76) ● MR-RB138-4 15 (0.59) 215 (8.46) ✽Create an external sequence that turns off the servo amplifier's main circuit contactor contact when the thermal protector contact (b contact) in the optional regeneration unit functions (opens) due to overheating. Converter unit DC reactor (option) P1 P2 (Note 2) Servomotor HA-LFS P C Model Tolerable regenerative power (W) Mass kg (lb) MR-RB136-4 1300 10 (22) MR-RB138-4 3900 (3 unit set) 11 (24.2) P C P C P C G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S G3 G4 Optional regeneration unit fan R S 24VDC power OHS1 OHS2 RA Servomotor thermal 1-phase 400VAC Notes: 1. Connect MR-RB138-4 to the converter unit. 2. Disconnect the short bar across P1-P2 when using the DC reactor. Notes:1. A servo amplifier (MR-J2S-MKM4-PX) without enclosed regenerative resistor is available for the servo amplifiers MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 to 22KA4/B4. 2. The optional regeneration unit will heat up to approx. 100°C (212°F), so do not directly mount it on a wall susceptible to heat. Use nonflammable wires or provide flame resistant treatment (use silicon tubes, etc.), and wire so that the wires do not contact the optional regeneration unit. 3. Always use twisted wires for the optional regeneration unit, and keep the length as short as possible (5m (16.4 ft) or less). 4. Always use twisted wires for the temperature detector, and make sure that the detector does not malfunction due to inducted noise. 5. When installing cooling fans (approx. 1.0m3/min, M92 x 2 units) to increase the regeneration braking frequency, change parameter No. 0 (for MR-J2S-A type) or No. 2 (for MR-J2S-B type). 82 Options ● Battery (MR-BAT) The servomotor’s absolute value can be maintained by installing a battery in the servo-amp. There is no need to install the battery when using as incremental mode. Note: 1. A6BAT can be used also. 2. The 44th Edition of the IATA (International Air Transportation Association) Dangerous Goods Regulations was effected in January 1st, 2003 and administered immediately. In this edition, the provisions relating to lithium and lithium ion batteries have been revised to strengthen regulations on the air transportation of battery. This battery is not dangerous goods (not class 9). Therefore, these batteries of 24 units or less are not subject to the regulations. MR-BAT 3.6V 1700mAh 0.48g Type Nominal voltage Nominal capacity Lithium content These batteries more than 24 units require packing based on Packing Instruction 903. If you need the self-certification form for the battery safety test, contact Mitsubishi. For more information, contact Mitsubishi. (as of August, 2003) ● Maintenance relay card (MR-J2CN3TM) ... Use with MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL or smaller The maintenance relay card is used when using the personal computer and analog monitor output simultaneously. External dimensions MR-J2CN3TM 2-ø5.3 (0.209) mounting hole CN3B Unit: mm (inch) CN3C A1 A6 B1 Notes: 1. Use the MR-J2HBUSMM for the maintenance relay card cable. 2. Use the connector CN4 and cable MR-H3CBL1M for the MR-J2S-11KA(4)/B(4) or larger analog monitor output. 75 (2.95) CN3A B6 Mass kg (lb) Model TE1 MR-J2CN3TM 0.11 (0.24) 3 (0.118) 88 (3.46) 41.5 (1.63) 100 (3.94) Note: Cannot be used with CC-Link compatible product (MR-J2S-MCP-S084). ● Manual pulse generator (MR-HDP01) ... Compatible only with MR-J2S-CP type and MR-J2S-CL type. (Note 1) External dimensions 5V~ 12V 0V A 3-ø4.8 (0.189) equally divided B ±0.2 ø72 ±0.008 ) (2.835 8.89 (0.35) 7.6 (0.299) 27.0±0.5 (1.06±0.0197) 0 (ø2 ø62 + 2 .44 1 +00 .07 9 ) Only M3✕6 can be mounted 16 20 (0.63) (0.79) Unit: mm (inch) Panel cutting 3-M4 stud L10 P.C.D 72 equally divided ø80±1 (3.15±0.0394) ø60±0.5 (2.362±0.0197) SERIALNO. ø70 (2.756) ø50 (1.969) MANUAL TYPE 3.6 (0.14) Packing t2.0 Mounting Unit: mm (inch) Notes: 1. Cannot be used with CC-Link compatible product (MR-J2S-MCP-S084). 2. Manufacture the manual pulse generator cable with the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). Refer to “MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. ● External digital display (MR-DP60) ... Compatible only with MR-J2S-CP type and MR-J2S-CL type. MR-DP60 7.5 2-ø4.5 (0.177) mounting hole (0.295) 2-ø6.5 (0.256) depth 1 (0.039) 38 (1.496) 150 (5.91) 165 (6.5) Square hole 141 (5.55) 150 (5.91) 2-ø5 (0.197) Square hole 95 (3.74) 150 (5.906) 48 (1.89) 43 (1.69) 4 (0.16) 7.5 (0.295) 2-ø5 (0.197) Unit: mm (inch) Inside mounting 53 (2.09) TB1 Front mounting 58 (2.28) 29 (1.14) 29 (1.14) TB2 MITSUBISHI Mounting Unit: mm (inch) 20 (0.79) External dimensions Notes: 1. When using the MR-DP60, change the parameter No. 16 value. Refer to “MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 2. Manufacture the external digital display cable with the optional CN1 connector (MR-J2CN1). Refer to “MR-J2S SERVO AMPLIFIER INSTRUCTION MANUAL” for details. 83 Options ● Heat sink outside attachment (MR-(J)ACN) By mounting the heat sink outside attachment on the converter unit or servo amplifier, the heat generating section can be mounted outside the control box. This makes it possible to dissipate the unit’s heat to outside the box. Approx. 50% of the heating value can be dissipated with this method, and the control box dimensions can be downsized. Mounting MR-ACN(P)MK DB DC DD 300 (11.81) 605 (23.82) 575 (22.64) 444 (17.48) 510 (20.08) Servo-amp or converter unit Drill hole 15 (0.59) 260 (10.24) Panel 175 (6.89) 125 (4.92) 4-M10 screw MR-JACN15K 18 (0.71) 30 (1.18) Panel 3.2 (0.126) 105 155 (6.1) (4.13) 11.5 (0.45) 535 (21.06) 331 (13.03) 39.5 (1.56) 160 (6.3) Servo-amp DA DB 4-M10 screw MR-JACN22K Drill hole DC DD Unit: mm (inch) Applicable servo-amp converter unit Model DA 440 (17.32) 145 (5.71) 400 (15.75) MR-JACNMK Panel Attachment Panel 145 (5.71) Panel 35 (1.38) MR-ACN(P)MK 68 (2.68) 20 (0.79) Panel cutting dimensions Unit: mm (inch) MR-JACN22K 39.5 (1.56) MR-JACN15K MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 Variable dimensions DA DB DC DD 203 236 255 270 (7.99) (9.29) (10.04) (10.63) MR-ACNP55K MR-HP30KA,HP55KA4 MR-ACN30K MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-ACN55K MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 290 (11.42) 205 (8.07) 385 (15.16) 326 (12.83) 156 (6.14) 336 (13.23) 345 (13.58) 110 (4.33) 290 (11.42) 360 (14.17) 190 (7.48) 370 (14.57) 455 406 360 440 (17.91) (15.98) (14.17) (17.32) ● Radio noise filter (FR-BIF, FR-BIF-H) Effectively controls noise transmitted from the power-supply side of the servo amplifier or converter unit, and is especially effective for radio frequency bands under 10MHz. Only for input. FR-BIF MR-J2S-22KMor smaller, MR-J2S-30KM or 37KM FR-BIF-H MR-J2S-11KM4 to MR-J2S-55KM4 External dimensions Connections Unit: mm (inch) MR-J2S-22KM(4) or smaller NFB Leakage current: 4mA White Red Blue MC L1 Green Powersupply 300 (11.8) L2 Servo-amp L3 FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H MR-J2S-30KM(4) or larger 4 (0.16) ø5 (0.197) hole 42 (1.65) 29 (1.14) NFB MC Converter unit L1 L2 Powersupply L3 29 (1.14) 58 (2.28) 7 (0.28) FR-BIF or FR-BIF-H 44 (1.73) Notes: 1. Cannot be connected to output side of the servo-amplifier or converter unit. 2. Wiring should be as short as possible, and please connect to the terminal block of the unit. ● Line noise filter (FR-BSF01, FR-BLF) This filter is effective in suppressing radio noise emitted from the servo amplifier’s or converter unit’s power-supply side or output side and high-frequency leakage current (zero-phase current). Especially effective in the 0.5MHz to 5MHz band. External dimensions 31.5 (1.24) 110 (4.33) NFB 85 (3.35) 2.3 (0.09) Powersupply L1 L2 Line noise filter 35 (1.378) 80 (3.15) 65 (2.56) 65 (2.56) MC Servo-amp 130 (5.12) 3 ø3 99) .2 (1 MR-J2S-22KM(4) or smaller ø7 (0.276) 2-ø5 (0.197) 7 (0.276) 95 (3.74) Wind the 3-phase wires in the same direction the same number of winds, and then connect to the power-supply side and output side of the servo amplifier or converter unit. Increasing the number of winds on the power-supply side is effective, but normally, the wire is wound approx. four times. If the wire is thick and hard to wind, use two or more filters, and make sure that the total of penetrations exceeds the above number. Make sure that the number of penetrations on the output side is four times or less. Do not wind the grounding (earth) wire together with the 3-phase wires. The effect of the filter will drop. <FR-BLF> MR-J2S-350M or larger 3 (0.12) 22 (0.87) <FR-BSF01> MR-J2S-200M or smaller Connections Unit: mm (inch) L3 MR-J2S-30KM(4) or larger NFB 160 (6.30) MC 180 (7.09) L1 Powersupply L2 Converter unit L3 Line noise filters 84 Peripheral Equipment ● EMC filter The following filters are provided as a filter compliant with the EMC directive for the servo amplifier’s power supply. Type Model SF1252 SF1253 HF3040A-TM (Note) HF3050A-TM (Note) HF3060A-TMA (Note) HF3080A-TMA (Note) HF3100A-TMA (Note) EMC filter HF3200A-TMA (Note) Applicable servo-amp MR-J2S-10A/B/CP/CL to 100A/B/CP/CL, MR-J2S-10A1/B1/CP1/CL1 to 40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL, MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-11KA/B MR-J2S-15KA/B MR-J2S-22KA/B MR-J2S-30KA/B, MR-J2S-37KA/B Fig. Type Model A TF3005C-TX (Note) B TF3020C-TX (Note) TF3030C-TX (Note) TF3040C-TX (Note) TF3060C-TX (Note) EMC filter C D TF3150C-TX (Note) Note: Made by Soshin Electric. External dimensions Applicable servo-amp MR-J2S-60A4 MR-J2S-100A4 MR-J2S-200A4 MR-J2S-350A4 MR-J2S-500A4 MR-J2S-700A4 MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 Fig. E F G Connections Unit: mm (inch) ● SF1252 149.5 (5.89) ø6.0 (0.236) 140.0 (5.51) 168.0 (6.61) A 156.0 (6.14) LINE (input side) Servo-amp MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL or smaller MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 or smaller LOAD (output side) SF1252 42.0 (1.65) EMC filter Mass kg (lb) Model 16.0 (0.63) 8.5 (0.33) (Note 1) 0.75 (1.7) Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”. Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC or 1-phase 230VAC LINE Servo-amp LOAD NFB MC L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ L1 L2 L3 (Note 2) L11 ● SF1253 L21 209.5 (8.25) ø6.0 (0.236) Notes: 1. For 1-phase 230VAC power-supply, connect the power-supply to L1, L2, and leave L3 open. 1-phase 230VAC is applied to the MR-J2S-70M or smaller. There is no L3 for 1-phase 100 to 120VAC power-supply. 2. Connect when the power-supply has earth. 140.0 (5.51) 168.0 (6.61) B 156.0 (6.14) LINE (input side) LOAD (output side) 8.5 (0.33) Mass kg (lb) Model 23.0 (0.91) SF1253 49.0 (1.93) 1.37 (3) Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”. ● HF3040A-TM, HF3050A-TM, HF3060A-TMA, HF3080A-TMA, HF3100A-TMA <HF3040A-TM, HF3050A-TM, HF3060A-TMA> <HF3080A-TMA, HF3100A-TMA> LINE (input side) LINE (input side) 8-8.5 (0.335) ✕12 (0.472) 3-M8 C C 56 (2.2) 3-M8 D F E 44 (1.73) L Servo-amp MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-11KA/B to 22KA/B 220 (8.66) L LOAD (output side) 200 (7.87) LOAD (output side) 180 (7.09) K EMC filter LINE M Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC 100 (3.94) C J 300 (11.81) B MC L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ (Note) H 350 (13.78) A Servo-amp LOAD NFB Model HF3050A-TM 85 Dimensions mm (inch) A B C 260 (10.24) 210 (8.27) 85 (3.35) D E F G H 44 (1.73) 170 (6.69) 100 (3.94) 44 (1.73) 230 (9.06) 160 (6.3) — K L M Mass kg (lb) R3.24 (0.13) length 8 (0.31) M5 M4 5.5 (12.1) M6 M4 6.7 (14.8) M6 M4 10 (22) — — M6 J 155 (6.1) 140 (5.51) 125 (4.92) 44 (1.73) 140 (5.51) 70 (2.76) 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 100 (3.94) 190 (7.48) 175 (6.89) 160 (6.3) HF3060A-TMA 290 (11.42) 240 (9.45) 100 (3.94) 190 (7.48) 175 (6.89) 160 (6.3) HF3080A-TMA — — — — — — HF3100A-TMA L2 L3 L11 L21 405 (15.94) HF3040A-TM L1 210 (8.27) 135 (5.31) Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to the “EMC Installation Guidelines”. 13 (28.6) 14.5 (31.9) Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. Peripheral Equipment External dimensions Connections Unit: mm (inch) ● HF3200A-TMA 3-M10 LINE (input side) Servo-amp MR-J2S-30KA/B MR-J2S-37KA/B M8 LOAD (output side) 3-M10 Converter unit 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) 15 (0.59) ±2 (0.08) 33 (1.3) 230 (9.06) ±2 (0.08) 190 (7.48) ±1 (0.04) EMC filter LINE LOAD NFB D 5-6.5 (0.256) ✕8 (0.315) Power-supply 3-phase 200 to 230VAC L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ 550 (21.65) ±1 (0.04) Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”. L11 L21 Servo-amp L11 L21 Mass kg (lb) HF3200A-TMA 23.5 (51.8) Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. Servo-amp MR-J2S-700A4 or smaller Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 155 (6.1) ±2 (0.08) M4 NFB 140 (5.51) ±1 (0.04) M4 M4 3-M4 LOAD (output side) (for M6) 125 (4.92) ±2 (0.08) 12.2 (0.48) 6-6.5 (0.256) ✕8 (0.315) 16 (0.63) 16 (0.63) ● TF3005C-TX, TF3020C-TX, TF3030C-TX E L3 (Note) 210 (8.27) ±2 (0.08) Model 3-M4 L2 140 (5.51) ±2 (0.08) 570 (22.44) ±2 (0.08) LINE (input side) L1 100 (3.94) ±2 (0.08) 5-ø6.5 (0.256) 530 (20.87) ±2 (0.08) MC LINE EMC filter Servo-amp LOAD L1 L1’ L2 L3 L2’ L3’ MC L1 L2 L3 (Note) 24VDC 24V.L 0V.L Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. 67.5 (2.66) ±3 (0.12) 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) Servo-amp MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 150 (5.91) ±2 (0.08) 290 (11.42) ±2 (0.08) 308 (12.13) ±5 (0.2) NFB 160 (6.3) 170 (6.69) ±5 (0.2) 332 (13.07 ) ±5 (0.2) Mass kg (lb) Model TF3005C-TX TF3020C-TX TF3030C-TX Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”. Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC LINE EMC filter Servo-amp LOAD L1 L1’ L2 L3 L2’ L3’ MC L1 L2 L3 (Note) L11 L21 3 (6.6) 4.8 (10.6) Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. ● TF3040C-TX, TF3060C-TX M4 160 (6.3) ±1 (0.04) 145 (5.71) ±2 (0.08) 17 (0.67) 22 (0.87) M4 22 (0.87) F 3-M6 M6 3-M6 LOAD (output side) (for M6) Servo-amp MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 175 (6.89) ±2 (0.08) 8-6.5 (0.256) ✕8 (0.315) LINE (input side) 91.5 (3.6) 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) Servo-amp EMC filter LINE LOAD NFB 100 (3.94) ±1 (0.04) Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC 180 (7.09) ±2 (0.08) 390 (15.35) ±2 (0.08) MC L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ L1 L2 L3 (Note) L11 190 (7.48) 412 (16.22) ±5 (0.2) L21 200 (7.87) ±5 (0.2) 438 (17.24) ±5 (0.2) Model TF3040C-TX TF3060C-TX Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”. Mass kg (lb) 8.2 (18.1) 15 (33) Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. G 8-R 4.25 (0.167) length 12 (0.472) (for M8) LINE (input side) LOAD (output side) Servo-amp MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 to 55KA4/B4 M8 Converter unit 245 (9.65) ±2 (0.08) 258 (10.16) ±3 (0.12) 225 (8.86) ±1 (0.04) 200 (7.87) ±2 (0.08) EMC filter 3-M8 3-M8 23 (0.91) ±1 (0.04) 27 (1.06) ±1 (0.04) 27 (1.06) ±1 (0.04) ● TF3150C-TX LINE LOAD NFB Power-supply 3-phase 380 to 480VAC M4 M4 MC L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ (Note) L1 L2 L3 L11 L21 150 (5.91) ±1 (0.04) 150 (5.91) ±1 (0.04) 150 (5.91) ±1 (0.04) M4 452 (17.8) ±5 (0.2) Servo-amp 500 (19.69) ±3 (0.12) L11 L21 Model Note: A surge protector is separately required to use this EMC filter. Refer to “EMC Installation Guidelines”. TF3150C-TX 86 Mass kg (lb) 34.5 (76) Note: Connect when the power-supply has earth. Peripheral Equipment Selection of peripheral equipment ● Electric wires, no-fuse circuit breakers, magnetic contactors Servo-amp MR-J2S-10A/A1/B/B1/CP/CP1/CL/CL1 MR-J2S-20A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-40A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-20A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-60A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-40A1/B1/CP1/CL1 MR-J2S-70A/B/CP/CL (-UM) MR-J2S-100A/B/CP/CL MR-J2S-200A/B/CP/CL No-fuse circuit breaker Magnetic contactor Electric wire size (mm2) L1, L2, L3, L11, L21, 24V · L11, 0V · L21 (Note 6) U, V, W, P, C BU, BV, BW B1, B2 OHS1, OHS2 — 1.25 (AWG16) — 30A frame 5A 30A frame 10A S-N10 1.25 (AWG16) 2 (AWG14) 2 (AWG14) 30A frame 15A 30A frame 20A S-N18 MR-J2S-350A/B/CP/CL 30A frame 30A S-N20 MR-J2S-500A/B/CP/CL 50A frame 50A S-N35 3.5 (AWG12) 5.5 (AWG10) 1.25 (AWG16) 2 (AWG14) 3.5 (AWG12) 5.5 (AWG10) (Note 2) 5.5 (AWG10) 3.5 100A frame 75A S-N50 8 (AWG8) 8 (AWG8) (AWG12) (Note 3) 100A frame 100A S-N65 14 (AWG6) MR-J2S-11KA/B 22 (AWG4) 225A frame 125A S-N95 22 (AWG4) MR-J2S-15KA/B 30 (AWG2) (Note 5) 2 5.5 225A frame 175A S-N125 60 MR-J2S-22KA/B (AWG14) (AWG10) 50 (AWG1/0) 400A frame 250A S-K150 (AWG2/0) 2 MR-J2S-30KA/B 400A frame 300A S-K180 80 (AWG3/0) 60 (AWG2/0) (AWG14) MR-J2S-37KA/B 30A frame 5A MR-J2S-60A4 1.25 (AWG16) 30A frame 10A S-N10 2 (AWG14) MR-J2S-100A4 30A frame 15A 2 (AWG14) 2 MR-J2S-200A4 — 30A frame 20A 3.5 (AWG12) (AWG14) 3.5 (AWG12) MR-J2S-350A4 1.25 S-N18 30A frame 30A MR-J2S-500A4 (AWG16) 5.5 (AWG10) 5.5 (AWG10) 50A frame 40A S-N20 MR-J2S-700A4 60A frame 60A S-N25 8 (AWG8) 3.5 (AWG12) 8 (AWG8) MR-J2S-11KA4/B4 2 100A frame 75A S-N35 MR-J2S-15KA4/B4 (AWG14) 22 (AWG4) 14 (AWG6) 225A frame 125A S-N65 MR-J2S-22KA4/B4 225A frame 150A S-K95 30 (AWG2) 5.5 22 (AWG4) MR-J2S-30KA4/B4 225A frame 175A S-K125 38 (AWG2) (AWG10) 30 (AWG2) 2 MR-J2S-37KA4/B4 1.25 225A frame 225A S-K150 50 (AWG1/0) 38 (AWG2) (AWG14) MR-J2S-45KA4/B4 (AWG16) 400A frame 250A S-K180 60 (AWG2/0) 50 (AWG1/0) MR-J2S-55KA4/B4 Notes: 1. Assuming use of a 600V polyvinyl chloride electric wire, with wires in table having a length of 30 m (98.43 ft). 2. Use a 3.5mm2 (AWG12) electric wire when connecting the servomotor HC-RFS203. 3. Use a 2mm2 (AWG14) wire when connecting the servomotor HA-LFS601 or HA-LFS701M. 4. Use a 1.25mm2 (AWG16) wire when connecting the servomotor HA-LFS601 or HA-LFS701M. 5. Always use a 38-S6 (made by JST Mfg.) or R38-6S (made by NICHIFU) crimp terminal when connecting to U, V and W terminals of MR-J2S-15KA/B. 6. The 24V · L11 and 0V · L21 terminals are for the servo amplifier MR-J2S-60A4 to MR-J2S-500A4. MR-J2S-700A/B/CP/CL (Note 4) 2 (AWG14) 1.25 (AWG16) — 1.25 (AWG16) — 2 (AWG14) 1.25 (AWG16) — ● Surge suppressor Attach surge suppressors to the servo amplifier and signal cable’s AC relays, AC solenoids, and AC power-supply brake. Attach diodes to DC relays and DC solenoids. Sample configuration Surge suppressor: 972A-2003 504 11 (rated 200V, made by Matsuo Denki) Diode : A diode with resisting pressure 4 or more times greater than the relay’s drive voltage, and 2 or more times greater than the current. ● Data line filter Attaching a data line filter to the pulse output cable or motor encoder cable of the pulse train command unit (AD75, etc.) is effective in preventing noise penetration. Sample configuration Data line filter: ESD-SR-25 (made by Tokin), ZCAT3035-1330 (made by TDK) 87 Using a Personal Computer < MR Configurator (Setup software) > ● MRZJW3-SETUP161E This software makes it easy to do monitor display, diagnosis, reading and writing of parameters, and test operations from the setup using a personal computer. ● Operating conditions Features (1) This software can be setup with a personal computer. Compatible personal computers: Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional, Windows® XP Professional and Windows® XP Home Edition (Note 1, Note 2). (2) Ample functions Graphic display functions are provided to display the servomotor status with the input signal triggers, such as the command pulse, droop pulse and speed. (3) Run Tests from a Personal Computer Allows servomotors to be tested easily from a personal computer. Personal computer IBM PC/AT compatible unit running Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional, Windows® XP Professional and Windows® XP Home Edition. Processor : Pentium 133MHz or faster (Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) Pentium 150MHz or faster (Windows® Me) Pentium 300MHz (Windows® XP Professional/Home Edition) Memory : 16MB or more (Windows® 95), 24MB or more (Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition) 32MB or more (Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) 128MB or more (Windows® XP Professional/Home Edition) Open hard disk capacity: 40MB or more Serial port used OS Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional, Windows® XP Professional, Windows® XP Home Edition (Note 2) (Note 1, 8) Monitor Keyboard Capable of resolution 800✕600 or more, high color (16-bit display) Compatible with above personal computers. Mouse Compatible with above personal computers. Note that serial mice are incompatible. Printer Compatible with above personal computers. Communication cable MR-CPCATCBL3M ● Specifications (Items in parentheses do not work with the MR-J2S.) Functions Main-menu Monitors Alarms Diagnosis Parameters Test operations Advanced function Program data (Note 6) Point data File operation Other Batch display, fast display, and graph display. Alarm display, alarm history, display of data that generated alarm DI/DO display, function device display (Note 7), failure to rotate reason display, power ON count display, software number display, motor information display, tuning data display, ABS data display, VC automatic offset display (Note 3), axis name setting, (unit configuration list display), full closed diagnosis (Note 5) Parameter setting, list displays, display of change lists, display of detailed information, tuning, and device setting (Note 7). JOG operation, positioning operation, operation without motor, forced DO output, program operation using simple language, one-step feed, and program test operation. (Note 6) Machine analyzer, gain search, machine simulation Program data, indirect addressing Point table (Note 4) Data reading, storage, and printing. Automatic operation and help display. Notes: 1. Windows and WindowsNT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. 2. Windows® XP is compatible from MRZJW3-SETUP161E. 3. The VC automatic offset display is compatible only with the MR-J2S-A type. 4. Compatible only with the MR-J2S-CP type. 5. Compatible only with the full closed control compatible amplifiers. 6. Compatible only with MR-J2S-CL type. 7. Compatible with MR-J2S-CP and MR-J2S-CL types. 8. This software may not run correctly depending on the personal computer being used. 9. The screens shown on this page are for reference and may differ from the actual screens. 88 Using a Personal Computer <Capacity selection software> ● MRZJW3-MOTSZ111E (Note 4) A user-friendly design facilitates selection of the optimum servo-amp, servomotor (including brake), and optional regeneration units when you enter constants and operation pattern into machine-specific screens. ● Operating conditions Features (1) Random operation patterns can be set. A random operation pattern can be selected from the position control mode operation or speed control mode operation patterns. The set operation pattern can be displayed in the graph. (2) The feedrate (or motor rotation speed) and torque can be displayed in the graph during the selection process. (3) Compatible with Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional (Note 1). Personal computer IBM PC/AT compatible unit running Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional. Processor : Pentium 133MHz or faster (Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) Pentium 150MHz or faster (Windows® Me) ® Memory : 16MB or more (Windows 95), 24MB or more (Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition) 32MB or more (Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional) Open hard disk capacity: 40MB or more OS Windows® 95, Windows® 98, Windows® 98 Second Edition, Windows® Me, WindowsNT® Workstation4.0, Windows® 2000 Professional (Note 1, 2) Monitor Keyboard Capable of resolution 800✕600 or more, high color (16-bit display). Compatible with above personal computers. Mouse Compatible with above personal computers. Note that serial mice are incompatible. Printer Compatible with above personal computers. ● Specifications Parameter Types of structural machine elements Parameter Output of results Printing Data storage 89 Inertia moment calculation function Description Horizontal ball screws, vertical ball screws, rack and pinions, roll feeds, rotating tables, dollies, elevators, conveyors, and other (direct inertia input) devices. Selected servo amplifier name, selected servomotor name, selected regeneration unit name, load inertia moment, load inertia moment ratio, peak torque, peak torque ratio, effective torque, effective torque ratio, regenerative power (regenerative energy for MR-J2M), and regenerative power ratio. Print input specifications, operation pattern, calculation process, selection process feedrate (or motor rotation speed) and torque graphs and selection results. Assign file name to input specifications, operation patterns and selection results, and save on hard disk or floppy disk, etc. Cylinder, core alignment column, variable speed, linear movement, suspension, conical, truncated cone Notes: 1. Windows and WindowsNT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. 2. This software may not run correctly depending on the personal computer being used. 3. The screens shown on this page are for reference and may differ from the actual screens. 4. This software can be obtained for free. Contact Mitsubishi for the details. The Differences: Comparison with MR-J2 Series The Differences (Comparison with MR-J2 series) ● Servo amplifier MR-J2S-MA series Item MR-J2-MA — Single-phase 100VAC : 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 37kW 3-phase 400VAC : 0.5 to 55kW Single-phase 100VAC: 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 3.5kW 3-phase 400VAC : — Compatible with MR-J2-MA (including encoder wiring) RS-422 communication function added — 7 segment display panel/ No. of operation buttons 5-digit 1 2 3 4 5 /4 4-digit 1 2 3 4 /4 Communication interface Possible to select RS-232C or RS-422 RS-232C only 500kpps (in differential mode) 400kpps (in differential mode) MR-J2S-MB MR-J2-MB Rated output Hardware MR-J2S-MA Same as MR-J2-MA/Same as MR-J2-MA External dimensions/Mounting method External wiring Pulse train input MR-J2S-MB series Item Hardware External dimensions/Mounting method Rated output External wiring Same as MR-J2-MB/Same as MR-J2-MB — Single-phase 100VAC : 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 37kW 3-phase 400VAC : 11 to 55kW Single-phase 100VAC : — 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 3.5kW 3-phase 400VAC : — Compatible with MR-J2-MB (including encoder wiring), Encoder pulse output (ABZ) signal added — MR-J2S-MCP series Item External dimensions/Mounting method Hardware Rated output MR-J2S-MCP MR-J2-MC Same as MR-J2-MC/Same as MR-J2-MC — Single-phase 100VAC : 0.05 to 0.4kW 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 7kW Single-phase 100VAC : — 3-phase 200VAC : 0.05 to 3.5kW Compatible with MR-J2-MC (including encoder wiring) — 5-digit 1 2 3 4 5 /4 4-digit 1 2 3 4 /4 External wiring 7 segment display panel/ No. of operation buttons Compatible with MR-J2-MC — Compatible with CC-Link using special parts — HC-MS, HA-LFS HC-M ABS 17bit (131072 p/rev) ABS 13bit (8192 p/rev), 14bit (16384 p/rev) Communication interface Special compliance ● Servomotor Item Encoder resolution External dimensions/Mounting method Power-supply connector Rated output Compatible <HC-KFS/HC-MFS/HC-UFS 3000r/min> power-supply connector (made by MOLEX) 5557-04R-210 (receptacle in case without brake) 5557-06R-210 (receptacle in case with brake) 5556PBT (female terminal) 3-phase 200VAC: 0.05 to 37kW 3-phase 400VAC: 0.5 to 55kW Brake Protective Function — <Existing models: HC-KF/HC-MF/HC-UF 3000r/min> insulated tip, round-crimp terminal is attached 3-phase 200VAC: 0.05 to 3.5kW Same as existing models — HC-KFS/HC-MFS: IP55 (IP65) (Note) HC-KF/HC-MF: IP44 (IP65) (Note) Notes: Protective structure with rating of IP65 corresponds to special product. Not compatible with the motor capacity 50W. Connectivity with Existing Models The MR-J2S servo-amplifiers are compatible for connection to existing motors, however, performance of the MR-J2S series will not be improved. Please note that the new model motors (HC-MS series or HA-LFS series) cannot be connected to the servo-amplifier of the MR-J2 series. 90 Cautions Concerning Use To ensure safe use • To ensure the safe and proper use of the product, we ask that you read the instruction manual and “MR-J2S INSTRUCTION MANUAL” prior to its use. • These products are not designed or manufactured for use in machinery and systems where people’s safety is at stake. • When considering the product for use in such special applications as equipment or systems employed in passenger transportation, medicine, aerospace, nuclear power generation, or underwater relays, please contact our sales representative. • These products have been manufactured to the most rigorous quality standards. However, we ask that you employ safety devices when using the product in equipment in which any failure on its part can be expected to cause a serious accident or loss. Cautions concerning use Transport and installation of motor • Protect the motor from impact during handling. When installing pulley or coupling, do not hammer on the shaft. Impact can damage the encoder. In the case of motor with key, install pulley or coupling with screw of shaft-end. Use a pulley extractor when taking off the pulley. • Do not apply a load exceeding the tolerable load onto the servomotor shaft. The shaft could break. Installation • Avoid installation in an environment in which oil mist, dust, etc. are in the air. When using in such an environment, enclose the servo-amp in an airtight panel. Protect the motor by furnishing a cover for it or taking similar measures. • Mount the amp vertically on a wall. • When installing several amplifiers in a row in a sealed panel, leave at least 10mm open between each amplifier. Note that when using the MR-J2S-30KM(4) or larger capacity, leave at least 20mm open between the amplifiers. Leave 100mm or more open in the upward direction, and 120mm or more open in the downward direction. When using one amplifier, always leave 40mm or more open in the upward direction and 120mm or more open in the downward direction. To ensure the life and reliability, keep as much space open toward the top plate so that heat does not build up. Take special care when installing several amplifiers in a row. 40mm or more 10mm or more 100mm or more for several units 120mm or more 20mm for 30kW or larger 91 • While installing a single motor, the motor can be installed horizontally or vertically. When installing vertical (shaft-up), take measures on the machine side to ensure that oil from the gear box does not get into the motor. • If the servomotor has been running for some time, do not touch it immediately after the power has been shutoff. It is possible that the motor will be very hot, and touching it could burn skin. • The optional regeneration unit becomes hot (temperature rise of 100°C or more) with frequent use. Do not install within flammable objects or objects subject to thermal deformation. Take care to ensure that electric wires do not come into contact with the main unit. • Carefully consider the cable clamping method, and make sure that bending stress and the stress of the cable’s own weight are not applied on the cable connection section. • If using in an application where the servomotor moves, select the cable bending radius according to the required bending life and wire type. • Fix the power and encoder cables led out from the servomotor onto the servomotor so that they do not move. Failure to do so could result in disconnections. Do not modify the connector or terminals, etc., on the end of the cable. Grounding • Always use Class 3 grounding to prevent electric shocks and to stabilize the potential in the control circuit. • To ground the servomotor and servo amplifier at one point, connect the grounding terminal from each, and ground from the servo amplifier side. • Faults such as a deviation in position could occur if the grounding is insufficient. Wiring • When a power-supply is applied to the amp’s output terminal (U, V, W), the amp will be damaged. Before switching the power on, perform thorough wiring and sequence checks to ensure that there are no wiring errors, etc. • When a power-supply is applied to the motor’s input terminal (U, V, W), the motor will be burned out. Connect the motor to the amp’s output terminal (U, V, W). • Match the phase of the motor input terminal (U, V, W) to the output terminal (U, V, W) before connecting. If they are not the same, motor control cannot be performed. • In the case of position or speed control mode, connect the stroke end signal (LSP, LSN) to the common terminal (SG). If it is not connected, the motor will not rotate. Factory settings • All possible motor and amp combinations are predetermined. Confirm the model of the motor and amp to be used before installation. • For the MR-J2S-A models, select parameter mode No.0 for the control mode to set position, speed and torque. For the MR-J2S-B models, these are selected by a controller. • As for 22kW or smaller, when using the optional regeneration units, please change parameter No.0 (MR-J2S-A, MR-J2SCP or MR-J2S-CL models) or parameter No.2 (MR-J2S-B models). When using the 30kW or larger capacity, change the converter unit parameter No. 0. The regeneration option unit is disabled as the default, so the parameter must be changed to increase the performance. Cautions Concerning Use Operation • When a magnetic contactor (MC) is installed on the amp’s primary side, do not perform frequent starts and stops with the MC. Doing so could cause the amp to fail. • As for 7kW or smaller, when a trouble occurs, the amp’s safety features are activated, halting output, and the dynamic brake instantly stops the motor. If free run is required, contact Mitsubishi about solutions involving servo-amps where the dynamic brake is not activated. • When an error occurs, the 11kW or larger amplifier’s protection function will activate and the output will stop. The servomotor will coast to a stop. If the dynamic brake operation is required, use the option DBU-MK(-4). • When using a motor with an electromagnetic brake, do not apply the brake when the servo is on. Doing so could cause an amp overload or shorten brake life. Apply the brake when the servo is off. Cautions concerning model selection • Select a motor with a rated torque above the continuously effective load torque. • Design the operation pattern so that positioning can be completed, taking into account the setting time (ts). Speed Command pattern Motor rotation Command time Positioning time ts Time • Use the unit with the load’s inertia moment set below the recommended load inertia moment ratio of the motor being used. If it is too large, desired performance may not be attainable. Precautions for Choosing the Products • Mitsubishi will not be held liable for damage caused by factors found not to be the cause of Mitsubishi; machine damage or lost profits caused by faults in the Mitsubishi products; damage, secondary damage, accident compensation caused by special factors unpredictable by Mitsubishi; damages to products other than Mitsubishi products; and to other duties. 92 MEMO 93 Safety Warning To ensure proper use of the products listed in this catalog, please be sure to read the instruction manual prior to use. L(NA)03007 B 0308 Printed in Japan (MDOC) New publication, effective August 2003 Specifications subject to change without notice.